课件30张PPT。Module1 British and American EnglishSectionⅠ Introduction & Reading —Pre-readingStep
4Step
3Step
2Step
1Step
51.Maybe you have known there are British English and
American English. Can you tell us some other kinds of
English？
2.Do you know the development of the English language？ 文章主要介绍了英语语言的起源、发展变化、形成原因，以及它的发展趋势。
At the end of the 16th century， about 5 to 7 million people spoke English. Nearly all of them lived in England. Later in the next century， people from England made voyages to take control of other parts of the world and because of that， English began to be spoken in many other countries. Today， more people speak English as their first， second or a foreign language than ever before. However， native English speakers can understand each other even though they don't speak the same kind of English. So why has English changed over time？ Actually all languages change and develop when cultures meet and communicate with each other. The English spoken in England between about AD 450 and 1150 was very different from the English spoken today. It was based more on German than the English we speak at present. Then gradually between about AD 800 and 1150， English became less like German because those who ruled England spoke first Danish and later French. These new settlers enriched the English language and especially its vocabulary.So by the 1600's Shakespeare was able to make use of a wider vocabulary than ever before. In 1620 some British settlers moved to America. Later in the 18th century some British people were taken to Australia too. English began to be spoken in both countries. By the 19th century the language was settled finally. At that time two great changes in English spelling happened： first Samuel Johnson wrote his dictionary and later Noah Webster wrote The American Dictionary of the English Language. The latter gave a separate identity (特性) to American English spelling. English now is spoken as a foreign or second language in South Asia as well. For example， India has a very large number of fluent English speakers because Britain ruled India from 1765 to 1947. English is also spoken in Singapore and Malaysia and countries in Africa such as South Africa. In fact， China may have the largest number of English learners. Will Chinese English develop its own identity？ Only time will tell.1.We have learnt English for at least 4 years.Do you know
in which countries people speak English？The following
pictures can help you.答案： A： England； B： America； C： Canada；
D： Australia； E： New Zealand； F： South Africa
and so on. 2.— Are the Englishes in those countries the same？
— ① .
Which kind of English do the following sentences belong
to？答案：①No ②British English ③American English1.Skim the passage and find out the main idea of this
passage.答案：The differences between British English and American English， the future of the two varieties of and the development of English.2.Scan the passage and find out the ways in which British
English and American English differ.答案：They are different in vocabulary， grammar， spelling and pronunciation.Read the passage carefully and do the following tasks.
Task 1： Fill in the blanks according to the passage.Differencessamecarsgasstand in linespellingPronun-ciationHave you got ...？on the weekendcolourprogramvariationTask 2： Choose the best answers according to the text.
1.Which one is NOT true according to the text？
A.Americans usually understand what the British are
saying.
B.There are also some differences between American
English and British English in spelling.
C.A Londoner has more difficulty understanding a Scotsman
from Glasgow than understanding a New Yorker.
D.American spelling is more difficult than British spelling.2.What causes “the two varieties are moving closer
together”？
A.That the two nations are becoming more friendly.
B.American words and structures passing into British
English.
C.Steady communications between the two nations.
D.That scientists have made communications much easier.3.Why do many people believe that British English will
disappear？
A.Because it is not easy to understand.
B.Because its spelling is more difficult.
C.Because lots of American words and structures have
passed into it.
D.Because it is not as useful as American English.4.What is the writer's attitude toward the differences between
British English and American English？
A.People can understand each other in the same nation
however great the differences are.
B.Differences within a language are quite normal even in
the same country.
C.George Bernard Shaw believed that English would grow
better.
D.It is surprising that the same language has such great
differences.
答案：1.D 2.C 3.C 4.B There’re four ways in which British and American English1. from each other. The first and most
2. way is in the vocabulary. In grammar there’re a few 3. . The British say “Have you got ...？”
4. Americans prefer “Do you have ...？” The British use prepositions where Americans sometimes
5. them. differobviousdifferenceswhileomitThe other two areas in which the two 6. are different are spelling and pronunciation. However， with communications developing
7. for over a century， some experts believe that the two are moving 8. together due to satellite TV and the Internet.varietiessteadilycloserOn the other hand， English is spoken with different 9. ； in the future， there are going to be many other “Englishes”. In spite of this， users of English will have no 10. in understanding each other.
accentsdifficulty/troubleDo you think Chinese will be most widely used in the world？Why？参考答案：Yes，I think so.Because with our country's development， more and more foreigners want to learn Chinese in order to communicate with us.课件92张PPT。Module1 British and American English语言点一
单词集释板块语言点二
短语荟萃板块语言点三
句型解构板块课时跟踪检测识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展A.根据词性及汉语释义写出单词
1. adj.显然的，显而易见的→ adv.明显
地，显而易见地
2. adj.令人困惑的；难懂的→ adj.困惑
的；烦恼的→ v.使混乱；使迷惑；使感觉窘迫
→ n.混乱；混淆
3. vt.比较；对照→ n.比较；对
照obviousobviouslyconfusing confusedconfuseconfusioncomparecomparison4. n.种类；变化；多样性→ v.变化；改
变；使不同 → adj.各种各样的；不同的，种种
的→ n.变化
5. n.移民；定居者→ vt.决定；定居
→ n.殖民；开拓variety varyvariousvariationsettler settlesettlementB.根据英文释义及首字母提示写出单词
1.a ： national， local way of pronouncing words
2.o ： fail to do sth.； leave sth. not done
3.d ： not be the same； be unlike
4.r ： something said or written as a comment
5.s ： something such as a button or key that
controls the electrical supply to a light， piece of
equipment， machine， etc.ccentmitifferemarkwitch1.obvious adj. 显然的，显而易见的
[教材P2原句] The first and most obvious way is in the
vocabulary.
首先而且最明显的方面体现在词汇上。
①The obvious way of reducing pollution is to use cars
less.
减少污染明显的办法就是少用汽车。②His nervousness was obvious to everyone right from the start.
每个人都很清楚他从一开始就十分紧张。
③ It is obvious that the measures taken by the
government have worked.
显然政府采取的措施奏效了。④be obvious sb. 对某人来说很清楚
⑤It is obvious that ... 显然……to2.confusing adj.令人困惑的；难懂的
[教材P2原句] Sometimes the same word has a slightly
different meaning， which can be confusing.
有时候同一个单词的含义有微小的差别，这可能使人混
淆。
①Some of the questions he asked were very confusing.
他问的有些问题很令人困惑。
②This is a confusing road sign.
这是个令人困惑的路标。③They confused me by asking so many confusing questions.I was totally confused， standing there in confusion， not knowing what to do.
他们提了一大堆令人费解的问题，把我难住了。我稀里糊涂，迷茫地站在那里，全然不知所措。
④It's easy to confuse Sue with/and her sister.They look so much alike.
很容易把苏和她妹妹两人搞混。她们俩长得那么像。⑤confuse ... ... 把……和……混淆
⑥ confusion 困惑地，混乱地with/andin3.compare v.比较，对比
[教材P2原句] Prepositions， too， can be different：
compare on the team， on the weekend (American) with
in the team， at the weekend (British).
介词的用法也有所不同：比较一下on the team， on the
weekend (美式) 和in the team， at the weekend (英式)。
①Comparing the two houses， I like the one with a
garden.
这两个房子相比，我喜欢有花园的那个。②Few other teas can ours either in flavor or in color.
无论是在味道方面还是在色泽方面，很少有其他的茶能比得上我们的。
③Compare this one with that one， and you'll find which one is better.
把这个和那个相比，你就会发现哪个更好。
④ me， you are more lucky.
和我相比，你幸运多了。compare withCompared with/to4.variety n.种类，品种；变化，多样性
[教材P2原句] The other two areas in which the two
varieties differ are spelling and pronunciation.
另外两个不同之处是拼写和发音。
①Apples come in a great many varieties.
苹果品种繁多。
②My job lacks variety； I'm always doing the same
thing.
我的工作缺乏变化，我总是在做同样的事情。③Due to reasons， Obama put off visits to Indonesia for three times.
由于种种原因，奥巴马曾三次推迟访问印度尼西亚。
④Teaching methods vary greatly from school to school.
各个学校的教学方法大不相同。
⑤The students have various hobbies.
学生有各种各样的爱好。a variety of/varieties of/various5.differ vi.不同，有区别
①The two brothers differ widely in their tastes.
两兄弟的爱好大相径庭。
②The techniques used differ from company to
company.
所采用的技术在公司间是不同的。
③As we know， they differ with you on this subject.
据我们所知，他们同你在这个问题上是有分歧的。④differ 在……方面不同
⑤differ 不同于，和……意见不一致
⑥differ with sb. on/over/about sth.infrom与某人在某问题上的意见不同Ⅰ.单词拼写
1.Important details had been (省略) from the
article.
答案：omitted
2.We had to (排队) up for an hour for the
tickets.
答案：queue
3.Please pay attention to the (结构)of the
sentence.
答案：structure4.I know you don't like her but try not to make it so
(明显的).
答案：obvious
5.The hotel offers its guests a wide (种类) of
amusements.
答案：variety
6.She likes to make (评论) about others'
appearance.
答案：remarks7.Judging from his (口音)， he is from
Guangdong Province.
答案：accent
8.She had left a very (令人困惑的) message on
my answering machine.
答案：confusing9.I always go to work by underground， also called
(地铁) in the USA.
答案：subway
10.With proper teaching methods， students are
making
progress (持续地).
答案：steadilyⅡ.单项填空
1.The numbers that researchers get from the experiments
can be ， just like number puzzles.
A.inspiring B.disappointing
C.confusing D.worrying
解析：句意：研究人员们从实验中得到的数字令人困惑，
就像数字拼图。confusing “令人困惑的”，与句意相符。
inspiring “激励人心的”；disappointing “令人失望的”；
worrying “令人担忧的”。
答案：C2.Leaves are found on all kinds of trees， but they differ
greatly size and shape.
A.on B.in
C.from D.with
解析：句意：我们能找到各种各样的树叶，但是它们
在大小、形状方面大不相同。differ in “在……方面不
同”，与句意相符。
答案：B3.You look tired and sad. you are in a difficult
position there now.
A.Indeed B.Actually
C.Obviously D.Particularly
解析：因为看起来疲惫不堪，所以“很明显”你处于
困难境地。故 obviously“明显地”符合语境。
答案：C4.These stores have nearly as great a of goods as
department stores， but the prices are lower.
A.variety B.mixture
C.variation D.number
解析：考查名词辨析。句意：这些商店的商品种类并不少
于百货商店，但价钱较便宜。a great variety of“各种各样
的，品类繁多的”；a mixture of “……的混合体”；a
variation of “……(数量、水平等的)变化，变更”；a
number of “许多”，与可数名词连用；故A项符合句意。
答案：A5. Americans think they're good drivers drivers
in other countries.
A.comparing to B.to compare to
C.compared to D.being compared to
解析：句意：美国人认为，和其他国家的司机比起来，
他们是好司机。compared to“与……相比”，与语
境相符。
答案：C6.Don't make on what you don't know， or
you'll be laughed at.
A.notices B.comparisons
C.remarks D.differences
解析：句意：不要对你不了解的事情妄加评论，不然的
话，你会被人嘲笑的。make remarks on 为习惯搭配，
意思是“对……进行评论”。
答案：C7.I think the last paragraph of the article may
be ；it's off the point.
A.omitted B.presented
C.added D.remained
解析：omit “省略”；present “陈述”；add
“加，增加”；remain“保留”。根据后句“它离
题了”可知，“文章的最后一段可以删去”。
答案：A1.have ... common 有相同的特点
2.make a 有影响，使不相同
3.get 四处走动(旅行)
4.queue /stand line 排队
5. to do 更喜欢做
6.be similar 与……相似
7.have difficulty sth. 做某事有困难
8.lead 导致；引起indifferencearoundupinprefer(in) doingtoto1.have sth.in common (with sb./sth.)(和某人或某物)有相同/
共同的特点
[教材P1原句] We have really everything in common with
America nowadays， except of course， language.
我们今天与美国真的一切都相同了，当然除了语言。①They have a lot in common and get along well with each other.
他们有很多相同之处，相处得很融洽。
②They are twin sisters， yet they in their hobbies.
他们是孪生姐妹，但是她们的业余爱好几乎没有相同之处。
③In common with other companies， they advertise widely as well.
和其他公司一样，他们也广泛地做广告。have little in common2.make a difference有影响，使不同，有关系；有重要性
①Their help made a big difference to the team's success.
他们的帮助对球队的成功起了重要的作用。
②The sea air has made some difference to her health.
海上的空气对于她的健康有一些作用。③It won't make much difference whether you go
today or tomorrow.
你今天或明天去没有多大关系。
④— Shall we go on Friday or on Saturday？
我们周五去还是周六去？
— It makes no difference to me.
我无所谓。⑤make difference to sb./sth.
对某人/某物有/有些/有很大/没有影响a/some/much/no3.get around 四处走动(旅行)；传播，流传
[教材P2原句] As a tourist， you will need to use the
underground in London or the subway in New York，
or maybe you will prefer to get around the town by
taxi (British) or cab (American).
作为游客，你在伦敦要乘坐的地铁叫underground而
在纽约则叫subway，或者你喜欢乘坐taxi(英式)或者
cab(美式)游览城市。①Experts call on people to use public transport to get around.
专家们呼吁人们使用公共交通工具出行。
②Good news never goes beyond the gate， while bad news gets around quickly.
(谚)好事不出门，坏事传千里。③I tried ringing you several times yesterday but I couldn't .
昨天我试着给你打过几次电话，但是没有打通。
④It's time I some serious work.
我该认真干点正事了。
⑤He found it difficult to get his idea across to them.
他发现他难以使他们了解他的想法。get throughgot down to4.have difficulty (in) doing sth.做某事有困难
[教材P2原句] A Londoner has more difficulty
understanding a Scotsman from Glasgow than
understanding a New Yorker.
伦敦人要听懂来自格拉斯哥的苏格兰人说话要比听懂纽
约人说话更难。
①Children with low self-control have difficulty in
managing money in later life.
自制力弱的孩子在日后的生活中在金钱管理方面有困难。②When your partner has difficulty with eye contact， this communicates lack of interest or it could be shyness.
如果你的同伴不愿抬眼跟你对望，那么对方要么对你提不起兴趣，要么就是害羞。
③There is some difficulty in
finding the house.
找到那所房子有些困难。
④Did you have any trouble in persuading her？
你说服她有没有遇到困难？⑤have some/much/a lot of/no difficulty .
做某事有些/很多/没有困难
⑥have some/much difficulty sth.
做某事有一些/很多困难
⑦There is (some) difficulty (in) doing sth.(in) doing sthwith做某事有困难5.lead to引起；导致；通向
[教材P3原句] But it has also led to lots of American
words and structures passing into British English，so
that some people now believe that British English will
disappear.
但这也导致了大量美语单词和结构进入英国英语，以至
于现在有一些人认为英国英语将要消失。①As we all know， all roads lead to Rome.
众所周知，条条大路通罗马。
②The invention of the new type of
machine the prize.
这种新型机器的发明使他赢得了这个奖。led to him/his winning③What led you it？
什么使你相信了它？
④The street leads you to the station.
你沿着这条街走可到达车站。to believeⅠ.选词填空 1.His work makes it possible for him to in
different countries.
答案：get around
2.They own a house in Provence a villa
in Spain.
答案：as well as
3.A scientific discovery shows that persistent exposure to
light at night may weight gain.
答案：lead to 4.China and Kazakhstan are neighbors and a
lot .
答案：have； in common
5.My opinions on the matter yours.
答案：are similar to
6.People born in the 1970s understanding
those born after the 1990s.
答案：have difficulty (in)7.When you're learning to drive， having a good
teacher .
答案：makes much difference
8.Don't yourself with too
many cookies.
答案：fill； upⅡ.单项填空
1.You can ask him again if you like， but it will make
no — he will still say no.
A.difference B.effort
C.contribution D.decision
解析：句意：如果你愿意，可以再问问他，但不会起
作用的——他仍然会拒绝。make no difference
“(对……)没影响/没有作用”，与句意相符。
答案：A2.I had great difficulty the suitable food on the
menu in that restaurant.
A.find B.to find
C.finding D.found
解析：句意：在那家饭店，我很难在菜单上找到合适
的食物。have difficulty (in) doing sth.“做某事有困难”。
答案：C3.The news of their secret wedding soon and
everyone knew it.
A.got away B.got around
C.got along D.got back
解析：句意：他们秘密举行婚礼的消息很快传开了，每
个人都知道这件事了。get around“(消息)传开”，与句意
相符。get away “脱身，走开”；get along “进展，
(与……) 相处”；get back “返回，取回”。
答案：B4.John， as well as his two colleagues， for a trip
to Tibet in a month.
A.goes B.go
C.is going D.are going
解析：句意：一个月后，约翰和他的两个同事将去西藏旅
行。as well as连接并列成分作主语时，谓语动词的单复数
形式通常取决于as well as前面的名词；根据句中的时间状
语in a month 可知，句子应用将来时，短暂动词的进行时
可用于表示将来发生的事情。故选C项。
答案：C5.— My car and my boss' are similar size and
design.
— It is stupid you to follow others' footsteps.
A.in； for B.to； of
C.in； of D.to； for
解析：考查介词。第一处用介词in构成短语be similar
in，表示“在……方面相似”；第二处为句型结构
It is ＋adj. ＋of sb.to do sth.。
答案：C6.Rather than TV， he prefers books
at home.
A.to watch； to read B.reading； watching
C.watch； to read D.to watch； reading
解析：句意：在家里他宁愿读书也不看电视。prefer to
do A rather than do B“喜欢做A不喜欢做B”。
答案：C7.Bob and Jack have nothing in at all.How can
they get on well with each other？
A.common B.total
C.general D.fact
解析：句意：鲍勃和杰克根本没有共同之处。他们怎
么能和睦相处呢？have ...in common“有相同的特点”，
与句意相符。
答案：A8.We firmly believe that war never settles anything. It only
violence.
A.runs into B.comes from
C.leads to D.begins with
解析：句意：我们坚信战争不会解决任何问题，它只会
导致暴力。lead to “引起，导致”，符合句意。run into
“偶遇”；come from “来自”；begin with “以……开始”。
答案：C1.[句型展示] It doesn't make much of a difference
whether a teacher speaks British or American
English.
老师说英国英语还是说美国英语都不会有太大差异。
[典例背诵] It makes a big difference to your life
whether you take an optimistic attitude or not.
你是否采取乐观的态度对你的人生有很大的影响。2.[句型展示] Americans use a flashlight， while for
the British， it's a torch.
美国人把手电筒称为 flashlight， 而英国人则叫它 torch。
[典例背诵] I drink black coffee while he prefers it with
cream.
我爱喝清咖啡而他更喜欢加奶油的。3.[句型展示] The British use prepositions where Americans
sometimes omit them.
英国人用介词的地方美国人有时候会省略。
[典例背诵] Put it where we can all see it.
把它放在我们都看得见的地方。4.[句型展示] This non-stop communication， the
experts think，has made it easier for British people and
Americans to understand each other .
专家们认为，这种不间断的交流使得英国人和美国人相
互理解起来更加容易。
[典例背诵] Nothing can make it possible for lost time
to be made up.
时间一旦失去，无论如何都无法弥补。1. It doesn't make much of a difference whether a
teacher speaks British or American English.
老师说英国英语还是说美国英语都不会有太大差异。
(1)为了保持句子平衡，本句中 it 作形式主语，代替后面的
主语从句 whether a teacher speaks British or American
English 。①It doesn't matter whether Tom comes or not.
汤姆来不来没关系。
② he should be sent there at once.
有必要马上派他到那里去。
③It is believed that proper morning exercise is good for health.
大家都相信适当的晨练对健康有好处。It is necessary that(2)it 作形式主语可代替不定式或v.?ing 形式。
④It is no good without keeping in
touch with others.
独居不和外人来往没有好处。
⑤It is very important for us to master the skills of
computers.
对于我们来说掌握计算机技能是非常重要的。living alone2.Americans use a flashlight， while for the British， it's
a torch.
美国人把手电筒称为flashlight，而英国人则叫它torch。
(1)句中while是并列连词，连接两个并列句，表示对比，意
为“然而，而”。
①I like music while my brother likes football.
我喜欢音乐，然而我哥哥喜欢足球。
②John was dressed in brown while Mary was dressed in
blue.
约翰穿着棕色的衣服而玛丽穿着蓝色的。(2)while “当……时候”，引导时间状语从句，常与延续
性动词连用。
③Strike while the iron is hot.
趁热打铁。
(3)while “虽然”，引导让步状语从句，相当于 though 或
although，通常位于主句前面。
④While I admit that there are problems， I don't agree
that they cannot be solved.
尽管我承认有问题存在，但我不同意说这些问题不能解决。(4)while“只要，只有”，同as long as，引导条件状语从
句。
⑤There will be life while there is water and air.
只要有水和空气，就会有生命。3.The British use prepositions where Americans
sometimes omit them.
英国人用介词的地方美国人有时候会省略。
(1)句中where 引导地点状语从句，意为“在……的地方”。
①You should have put the
book where you found it .
你本应把书放回原处的。
②You'd better leave the
medicine .
你最好将药物放在孩子们够不着的地方。where the children can't reach it(2)where 可引导定语从句，在从句中作地点状语。
③The bookstore where I bought the book is not far from
here.
我买这本书的那家书店离这儿不远。
(3)where 可引导名词性从句，在从句中作地点状语。
④I wonder .
我不知道她是哪儿的人。where she comes from4.This non-stop communication， the experts think， has
made it easier for British people and Americans to
understand each other .
专家们认为，这种不间断的交流使得英国人和美国人相互
理解起来更容易。
make it＋adj./n.＋(for sb.) to do ...是固定句型，it作形式宾
语，真正的宾语是后面的动词不定式短语，it后面的形容
词或名词作宾补。该句型的谓语动词还可用feel， think，
find， consider，宾语补足语还可以使用名词，真正的宾
语也可以是宾语从句。①The rise of social networking has made it easier for people to keep in touch with each other.
社交网络的崛起使得人们相互保持联系更加容易。
②I to explain to him what happened.
我觉得向他解释清楚发生了什么事很困难。
③They have made it a rule to have sports after school.
放学后进行体育活动，他们已形成了习惯。found it difficultⅠ.单句改错
1.It is obvious to the students whether they should get well
prepared for their future.
答案：whether →that
2.Some people like coffee， when others like tea.
答案：when→while3.The potato can be grown in places which it is too cold to
grow rice.
答案：which前加in或which→where
4.The teacher's instruction made it easier for him passing
the exam.
答案：passing→to passⅡ.完成句子
1. (没有什么不同) whether we go together
or separately.
答案：It makes no difference
2.He likes playing basketball， (而我喜
欢听音乐).
答案：while I like listening to music3.We (发觉……令人愉快的) to work with
John.
答案：find/found it pleasant
4.I'll meet him (在初次见你的地方).
答案：where I first met you
5.He left the company (他在这家公
司工作了十年).
答案：where/in which he had worked for ten years点击此图片进入“课时跟踪检测”课件85张PPT。Module1 British and American English语篇理解课文自读板块语言点一单词集释板块语言点二短语荟萃板块语言点三句型解构板块课时跟踪检测Section Ⅲ Other Parts of the Module识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展Ⅰ.True (T) or False (F).
1.Noah Webster was a teacher in Yale University. ( )
2.The Elementary Spelling Book was Noah Webster's first
book. ( )
3.At present，Webster's dictionary is still the first
dictionary for American students. ( )
答案：1.F 2.T 3.TⅡ.Read the passage “The Man Who Made Spelling Simple” and choose the best answers.
1.Which of the following can replace the word
“represent” in the first paragraph？
A.stand for B.present
C.take D.use2.What can we know about Noah Webster in the text？
A.He taught in Yale University in 1788.
B.He once worked as a lawyer.
C.He fought against the British in the American War of
Independence.
D.He was popular among the British.3.Which one is NOT the reason for writing an American
dictionary？
A.In English the spelling of words do not always
represent the sound.
B.Some British words have too many letters.
C.Webster thought the newly independent United
States should have a distinctive “American” look.
D.The British dictionaries are not good.
答案：1.A 2.C 3.DA.根据词性及汉语释义写出单词
1. adv.迅速地→ adj.迅速的
2. n.声明；宣告→ vt.宣布；宣告
3. vt.加；增加→ n.增添；添加
4. vt.简化→ adj.简单的
5. n.组合；结合→ v.使结合
6. n.参考；查阅→ v.参考；查阅rapidlyrapidannouncementannounceaddadditionsimplify simplecombinationcombinereferencereferB.词义配对
1.cute A.point out the faults of sb./sth.
2.present B.attractive； pretty and charming
3.attempt C.thing used as a measure
4.distinctive D.different from others
5.standard E.an effort made to improve sth.
6.criticise F.give or hand over sth. to sb. formally at a ceremony
答案：1.B 2.F 3.E 4.D 5.C 6.A1.add vt.加；增加；补充
[教材P8原句] Now add some more ideas in favour
of your chosen variety.
现在再补充一些观点来支持你所选择的种类。
①If you add 5 and 5 (together)， you get 10.
5加5得10。
②Many words have been added to this edition of the
dictionary.
本词典的这一版里新增加了很多词。③The bad weather only added to our difficulties.
这种坏天气更增加了我们的困难。
④Add all the scores up and we'll see who won.
把所有的得分加起来，我们就可以看出谁赢了。
⑤His business expenses add up to around $4,000 a year.
他生意上的开销每年总计大约4000美元。⑥ 把……加在……上
⑦ 增加
⑧ 把……加起来
⑨ 总计add ...to ...add toadd ...upadd up to2.present vt.陈述；提出(观点、计划等)；赠送，颁发
[教材P8原句] Present your ideas to the rest of the class.
向班里其余同学陈述你的想法。
①David's manager presented him with the award for best sales in the region.
戴维的经理向他颁发了本地区最佳销售奖。
②They presented a bunch of flowers to him.
他们献给他一束鲜花。③I'm afraid I can't help you just at present； I'm too busy.
很抱歉，我现在帮不了你—我太忙了。
④The people present at the party were presented with a book on the present fashion as a present.
出席晚会的人们都被赠给一本关于目前时尚的书作为礼物。towith向某人赠送某物
⑥ 目前，现在
⑦present作形容词时表示“ ”，
常作前置定语；表示“ ”，常作后置定语。at present现在的，目前的在场的3.attempt
[教材P9原句] Can you see any similarities between
Webster's work and attempts to simplify Chinese？
你能找出韦伯斯特的工作同简化汉语的尝试之间的相
同点吗？
①He didn't pass the exam， but it was a good attempt.
他虽然没有通过考试，但这是一次很好的尝试。
②Many young people in England choose to get married
in winter， making an attempt to save money.
在英国很多年轻人选择在冬天结婚，试图省钱。
③I passed my driving test at my first attempt.
我的驾照考试一次就通过了。(1) n.努力；尝试(2)vt.试图，企图；尝试
④The second question was so difficult that I didn't
even attempt it.
第二道题太难了，我甚至没有尝试去回答。
⑤He attempted to leave/ leaving but was stopped.
他试图离开但被阻止了。⑥make an attempt to do/doing sth.
⑦at one's first attempt
⑧attempt to do/doing sth. 试图做某事某人第一次尝试尝试做某事4.standard adj.标准的n.标准；规格
[教材P9原句] The British criticised the dictionary，
but it quickly became a standard reference book in the
States.
英国人批判这本字典，但它很快成为了美国的标准参
考书。
①What's the standard size of a twin bed？
双人床的标准尺寸是多少？②Their work .
他们的工作成绩不够标准。
③It was a simple meal by Eddie's standards.
在埃迪看来，那不过是一顿便饭。is not up to standardⅠ.单词拼写
1.The company developed (飞速地) under
his administration.
答案：rapidly
2.Today's (声明) of a peace agreement came
after weeks of discussion.
答案：announcement
3.A pocket (版本) of the dictionary will come
out soon.
答案：edition4.All the people (在场的) were all quite satisfied
with his performance.
答案：present
5.Keep the dictionary on your desk for your (参
考).
答案：reference
6.This condition is not mentioned in (标准的)
medical textbooks.
答案：standard8.Her (与众不同的) voice made her a famous
singer.
答案：distinctive
9.The decision was (批评) by environmental
groups.
答案：criticised
10.His (努力) at comforting her just made
matters even worse.
答案：attemptⅡ.单项填空
1.John to break the world record but failed
at last.
A.advised B.managed
C.succeeded D.attempted
解析：句意：约翰试图打破世界纪录，但最终却失败了。
attempt“试图，尝试”，与句意相符。advise “建议”，
后接动词的-ing 形式；manage to do sth. “设法做成某
事”；succeed in doing sth. “成功做成某事”。
答案：D2.Students should be encouraged to their own
opinions， whether they are right or wrong.
A.present B.compare
C.announce D.remark
解析：句意：应当鼓励学生陈述他们自己的观点，无
论是对还是错。present “陈述”，与句意相符。
compare “比较”；announce “宣告”；remark
“评论”。
答案：A3.Shangri-la attracts thousands of tourists every day due
to its fascinating and scenery.
A.distinctive B.sensitive
C.attentive D.positive
解析：句意：香格里拉由于它迷人的、独特的景色每
天吸 引着成千上万的游客。distinctive “独特的，与众
不同的”，与句意相符。sensitive “敏感的”；attentive
“专心的”；positive “积极的”。
答案：A4.The woods and the newly dug river through the
campus the beauty of this world-known
university.
A.add up B.add to
C.are added up D.are added to
解析：考查短语动词辨析。add to表示“增添”的意思。
句意：小树林和新挖的贯穿校园的小河增添了这所世
界著名大学的美丽。
答案：B5.Can you the instructions in order that
children can understand them？
A.simple B.simply
C.simplify D.clear
解析：本题考查词义、词形、词性辨析。simplify为动
词，意为“使……简单”。simple为形容词，simply
为副词，均不可作谓语；clear作动词时，意为“清除”。
答案：C6.The questions in the tests are more and more flexible，
and many of them don't have answers.
A.cute B.steady
C.confusing D.standard
解析：句意：考试的题目越来越灵活，许多题目都没
有标准答案。standard 标准的，符合句意。cute“可爱
的”； steady“稳固的”；confusing“令人迷惑的”。
答案：D1. favour 同意；支持
2.refer ... ... 称……为……
3.thanks 幸亏，多亏；由于
4.wear 逐渐消失
5.get (doing) sth. 习惯于(做)某事
6.make a fuss sth. 对……过于注意
7.pick 拾起；学会
8.belong 属于
9.get on/along ... 与……相处；进展
10. far 迄今为止inoftoastooffused toofuptowithso1.pick up
[教材P7原句] If Callum picked up the local accent，
he would start to use it.
如果凯勒姆学会当地口音，他会开始使用它。
(1)学会，获得
①He picked up some French while in Paris.
在巴黎时，他学会了些法语。
(2)用(车等)接
②He promised at the station.
他答应开车去车站接我。to pick me up(3)恢复健康，好转
③You'll soon pick up in a week.
一周后你会康复的。
(4)拿起，捡起
④She kept magazines and putting them
down again.
她不停地拿起杂志又放下它们。picking up(5)接收(信号)
⑤I was able to pick you up on the short wave radio.
我能用短波收音机收听到你的信号。
(6) 加速
⑥The train was gradually speed.
火车在渐渐加速。picking up2.in favour of 同意；支持
①Those in favour of the plan， please raise your
hands.
赞成这项计划的请举手。
②My sister was against my suggestion while my
brother was in favour of it.
我姐姐反对我的提议，然而我弟弟却赞成。do sb. a favour 帮某人一个忙in sb.'s favour 有利于某人请求某人帮忙③Can I ask you a favour？＝ Will you ？
可以请你帮个忙吗？
④The vote was 60－59 in his favour.
表决结果是60票对59票，他获胜。do me a favour3.refer to ... as ...称……为……
[教材P8原句] The Chinese refer to their language as
Han， as it became popular among the people during
the Han Dynasty.
中国人把自己的语言称为汉语，是因为该语言早在汉
朝就在人们中流行了。①Teachers are often referred to as the Engineer of Human Soul.
教师常被称为人类灵魂的工程师。
②The American Indians salt “magic white sand”.
美洲印第安人把盐称为“有魔力的白沙”。referred toas③The speaker his notes from time to time.
那个演讲的人不时地看发言稿。
④Don't refer to this matter again， please.
请不要再提这件事了。
⑤When I said some people are stupid， I wasn't you.
我说有些人很愚蠢，并不是指你。
⑥Don't make any reference to his illness in his presence.
当着他的面千万别提及他的病。referring toreferred to4.thanks to幸亏，多亏
[教材P9原句] For Americans things are a little bit
easier，thanks to the work of Noah Webster， a teacher
who graduated from Yale University in 1778.
对美国人来说，事情容易一些，这多亏了诺亚 · 韦伯斯特
的贡献。韦伯斯特是一位老师，1778年毕业于耶鲁大学。①Thanks to your timely help， we have finally finished it on time.
多亏了你的及时帮忙，我们才准时完成了它。
②It was all a great success — thanks to a lot of hard work.
由于尽心竭力，这才大获成功。③The game was cancelled because of the rain.
比赛因为下雨而取消了。
④Some roads are closed owing to drifting.
有些道路因积雪而封闭。Ⅰ.选词填空1.Are you the proposal he put
forward yesterday？
答案：in favour of
2. his advice， I won the first prize in
the competition.
答案：Thanks to3.She always Ben “that nice
man”.
答案：refers to； as
4.David's health soon after a few days' rest.
答案：picked up
5.It took them almost a month to the new
school life.
答案：get used to6.As the baby was the first child in the family，
all it.
答案：made a fuss of
7.The pain is slowly and he could walk around
with the help of a stick.
答案：wearing off
8.Why does a ship need some water to be when
it is unloaded？
答案：added to Ⅱ.单项填空
1.Smoking is as No. 1 destroyer of human health.
A.led to B.referred to
C.devoted to D.compared to
解析：句意：吸烟被称为人类健康的一号杀手。refer
to ... as ...“称……为……”，与句意相符。其他三项通
常不与 as 连用。
答案：B2.He could feel the wound hurting again， as the effect
of the medicine .
A.wore off B.took off
C.cut off D.put off
解析：句意：随着药性的逐渐消失，他感到伤口又在疼
了。wear off “逐渐消失”，与句意相符。take off
“脱下，起飞”；cut off “切断”；put off “推迟”。
答案：A3.Most people are bringing down the price of
housing because it's too high for them.
A.in favour of B.in honour of
C.in search of D.in charge of
解析：考查介词短语辨析。句意：大部分人赞成降低房
价，因为房价对他们来说太高了。in favour of “赞成”，
符合句意。in honour of “纪念”；in search of“寻找”；
in charge of “负责”。
答案：A4.— How about your trip to Italy？
— Oh， the fine weather， we enjoyed
ourselves indeed.
A.but for B.thanks to
C.in spite of D.in case of
解析：考查介词短语辨析。答语句意：由于天气好，
我们真的玩得很愉快。thanks to “多亏，幸亏；由
于”，符合句意。but for“要不是”，要用虚拟语
气；in spite of “尽管”；in case of “以免，以防”。
答案：B5.Sam some knowledge of the computer just by
watching others working on it.
A.brought up B.looked up
C.picked up D.set up
解析：句意：Sam 仅仅通过观察他人用电脑学了一些电
脑知识。pick up.“学会”，符合句意。bring up.“养育，
哺育”；look up.“查阅，抬头看”；set up.“竖立，
搭建”。
答案：C1.[句型展示] I'm getting on just fine， now that I
understand the local accent.
由于我懂得了当地方言，所以一切都很顺利。
[典例背诵] Now that you are here， why not stay here
for dinner？
既然你来了，为什么不留下吃晚饭呢？2.[句型展示] In English the spelling of words
does not always represent the sound.
在英语中，单词的拼写并不总是体现其发音。
[典例背诵] Silence is not always a sign of wisdom.
沉默少言并不总是智慧的象征。3.[句型展示] By the 1850s it was selling one million
copies a year， making it one of the most popular
school books ever.
到19世纪50年代，这本书年销售量上百万册，这使它
成为有史以来最受欢迎的校园用书之一。
[典例背诵] European football is played in 80
countries， making it the most popular sport in the
world.
有80个国家踢欧式足球，这使得它成为世界上最流行
的体育活动。1.I'm getting on just fine， now that I understand the
local accent.
由于我懂得了当地方言，所以一切都很顺利。
句中 now that 相当于 since ，意为“既然，由于”，为
从属连词，引导原因状语从句。①Now that you have finished your homework， you may go home now.
既然你已经写完作业了，你现在可以回家了。
②Now that he is well again， he can go on with his English study.
他既然恢复了健康，就可以继续学习英语了。because， since/now that， as， for[自填助记]
①It must have rained last night， the ground is wet.
② you are busy， I'll do it for you.
③— Why were you absent from school last week？
— my mother was ill.
④ you weren't there， I left a message.forSince/Now thatBecauseAs2.In English the spelling of words does
represent the sound.
在英语中，单词的拼写并不总是体现其发音。
(1)句中not 与always连用表示部分否定。all， both，
every， everything， everybody， absolutely，
always， often等与not搭配使用表示部分否定。not always①Both of them are not my brothers.
他们两个不全是我的兄弟。
②This train stop at station.
这趟火车并不是每站都停。
③While I agree with most of what you said， I don't agree with everything.
尽管我同意你说的大部分，但我不同意全部。doesn'tevery(2)表示全部否定则要用no， none， nobody， nothing，
neither， never等。
④None of my friends smoke.
我的朋友都不抽烟。
试比较下面句子： 3.By the 1850s it was selling one million copies a year，
到19世纪50年代，这本书年销售量上百万册，这使它
成为有史以来最受欢迎的校园用书之一。
句中making it one of the most popular school books
ever为现在分词短语作结果状语，是由上文的原因推
出的一个必然结果。此时相当于一个由which引导的
非限制性定语从句：which made it one of the most
popular school books ever。making it one of the most popular school books ever.①My parents went to the park yesterday， leaving me alone at home.
我父母昨天去公园了，留下我一个人在家里。
②The bus was held up by the snowstorm， thus the delay.
公共汽车受风雪所阻，因而耽搁了。causing③He stepped into the room， a lot of things stolen.
他进入房间却发现许多东西被盗了。
④A strong earthquake hit Turkey on October 23， 2011， killing over 500 people.
2011年10月23日土耳其发生了强烈地震，致使500多人
丧生。only to find句型转换
1.It rained heavily， which caused severe flooding in
Thailand.
→It rained heavily， thus severe flooding in
Thailand.
答案：causing
2.Henry hurried to the airport， but were told his boss
had left.
→Henry hurried to the airport，
only his boss had left.
答案：to be told3.I'm occasionally away from home on Sundays.
→I'm at home on Sundays.
答案：not always
4.I don't know either of them.
→I know of them.
答案：neither5.Everything popular isn't good.
→ everything popular is good.
答案：Not
6.He has grown up and he should live on his own.
→ he has grown up， he should
live on his own.
答案：Now that点击此图片进入“课时跟踪检测”课件60张PPT。Module1 British and American EnglishSection Ⅳ Grammar and Writing写作讲座事物介绍类说明文语法讲座复习动词
形式（1）考点精析专
题
练
习佳
作
观
摩技法指导专
题
练
习一、一般现在时
1.表示现在经常或反复发生的动作或存在的状态。常和
often， always， usually， sometimes， every day，
once a week等时间状语连用。
He takes a walk after supper every day.
他每天晚饭后去散步。[考题印证1]
(2011·江苏高考)The fact that so many people still smoke in public places that we may need a national wide campaign to raise awareness of the risks of smoking.
A.suggest B.suggests
C.suggested D.suggesting解析：考查时态及主谓一致。句意：还是有很多人在公共场合吸烟这个事实说明我们需要一个全球性的运动来提高人们对吸烟危害的认识。题干中 that so many people still smoke in public places 为 the fact 的同位语，主语为 the fact， 所以谓语用单数形式；that we may need a national wide campaign to raise awareness of the risks of smoking 是宾语从句。话题讲述的是目前的一个现状，故用一般现在时。
答案：B2.表示主语的特征、性格、能力等。
Mr.Smith hates fish and never eats any.
史密斯先生讨厌鱼，而且从不吃鱼。
Mary speaks both English and French very well.
玛丽英语和法语都说得很好。3.表示客观事实或普遍真理。
The sun rises in the east and sets in the west.
日出东方，日落西方。
Light travels faster than sound.
光比声音传播得快。
4.在时间、让步和条件状语从句中，用一般现在时代替将
来时。
The sports meeting will be put off if it rains tomorrow.
如果明天下雨，运动会将被推迟。[考题印证2]
(2009·辽宁高考)My parents have promised to come to see me before I for Africa.
A.have left B.leave
C.left D.will leave
解析：句意：我父母已经答应我去非洲之前来看我。时间状语从句常用一般现在时代替一般将来时。
答案：B5.表示按计划和安排将要发生的动作，常常用于火车、
飞机等时间表上安排的动作，如begin， come，
leave，go， arrive， start， stop， return， open，
close等。The plane takes off at 10：00 a.m..
飞机上午10点起飞。
6.小说、故事、文学作品等的情节介绍、评论等。
Harry Potter is set in the modern world.
《哈利·波特》以现代世界为背景。[考题印证3]
(2009·福建高考)According to the literary review， Shakespeare his characters live through their language in his plays.
A.will make B.had made
C.was making D.makes
解析：根据题干 literary review 可知，句子的内容与文学评论有关。
答案：D二、现在进行时
1.现在进行时表示现在或目前一段时间内正在进行的动
作。
I don't really work here； I am just helping out until
the new secretary arrives.
我不在这工作，只是来帮忙，直到新秘书来了。[考题印证4]
4－1(2011·江苏高考)— I hear you in a pub. What's
it like？
— Well， it's very hard work and I'm always tired， but I
don't mind.
A.are working B.will work
C.were working D.will be working
解析：根据答语“这是一份困难的工作，而且我经常很
累，但是我不介意”可知，对话谈论的是目前的情况，
所以用现在进行时描述现阶段正在进行的情况。
答案：A4－2(2011·湖南高考)— John， what in your
hand？
— Look. It's a birthday gift for my grandma.
A.had you held B.are you holding
C.do you hold D.will you hold
解析：根据答语可知，第一个人询问约翰手中当时拿
的是什么，故用现在进行时表示说话时正在做的事
情。
答案：B2.现在进行时与always， all the time等连用时表示“赞
扬、惊奇、讨厌”等感彩，带有较强的交际性功
能。
Why are you always asking such silly questions？
你为什么总是问这些愚蠢的问题？3.有些动词(如go， come， stay， leave， start等)的现在
进行时也可以表示即将发生的动作，该动作往往是可以
改变的。
He is coming to see you tomorrow.
他明天要来看你。
The plane is leaving for London.
这架飞机将要飞往伦敦。三、一般将来时
一般将来时表示在现在看来即将要发生的动作或存在的状态。
1.shall/will＋动词原形。表示即将发生的动作或存在的状
态。特别是表示客观性的事情或在某条件下临时决定
去做的事情，只能用此结构。
What shall we do if he doesn't come？
如果他不来，我们该怎么办？
We won't be free tonight.
我们今晚没空。[考题印证5]
(2009·江苏高考)— Ann is in hospital.
— Oh， really？I know. I go and visit her.
A.didn't； am going to B.don't； would
C.don't； will D.didn't； will解析：考查动词的时态。从对话内容可知，说话人在说话前不知道Ann在住院，因此第一空应该使用一般过去时。去医院看她是临时做出的决定或安排，因此，第二空使用will。be going to则表示在说话前已经安排好要做某事，这与对话矛盾，故选项A错误。
答案：D2.除“shall/will＋动词原形”构成一般将来时外，以下形
式也可构成将来时：
(1)be going to＋动词原形，表示即将发生的事情或近期
准备、打算、有迹象表明或做某事。
I'm going to watch TV at home this evening.
我今晚将在家看电视。(2)be about to do ...when ...正要做……这时突然……。
I was about to go out when the telephone rang.
我正要出去，这时电话响了。
(3)be to do按计划、职责、义务、约定要发生的动作。
The president is to visit China next week.
总统下周将访问中国。四、现在完成时
构成：have (has)＋过去分词。其用法是：
1.表示动作发生在过去，但对现在造成一定的影响，常
与already， yet， never， before， so far， up to
now 等连用。
I have been to Hong Kong many times.
我去过香港很多次。
I have learned 5,000 words so far.
到目前为止我学了5000个单词。[考题印证6]
(2011·安徽高考) — I didn't ask for the name list. Why on my desk？
— I put it there just now in case you needed it.
A.does it land B.has it landed
C.will it land D.had it landed
解析：根据语境可知，问句用完成时表示说话人关注对现在的影响和结果。
答案：B2.现在完成时表示从过去开始持续到现在的动作或状
态，这时往往与表示一段时间的状语连用。
I have been a teacher for twenty years.
我做教师已有二十年了。
He's lived in London since 1998.
自从1998年他就住在伦敦。[考题印证7]
(2010·浙江高考)For many years， people electric cars. However， making them has been more difficult than predicted.
A.had dreamed of B.have dreamed of
C.dreamed of D.dream of
解析：根据句意：许多年来，人们都一直梦想着电动汽车。然而，制造它们比想象要难得多。由此，推断此处的梦想从过去到现在，并由此延伸。目前，市场上已经有了电动汽车，所以应用现在完成时。
答案：B3.先行词由only、最高级、序数词修饰，定语从句谓语动
词多用现在完成时。
The novel is the funniest story that has ever been
written in English.
这是一本用英语写成的最令人捧腹的小说。4.This/It is the first/second ... time＋that从句。that从
句谓语要用现在完成时。
This is the first time that we have seen a film in the
cinema together as a family.
这是第一次我们一家人去电影院看电影。
This is the first time (that) I have come here.
这是我第一次来这里。五、现在完成进行时
1.现在完成进行时的构成：have/has been＋现在分词。
2.现在完成进行时的概念和基本用法：
现在完成进行时表示从过去开始一直持续到现在的动作，
该动作可能刚刚结束，或还在继续进行。也可以表示一直
到说话为止的一段时间内一再重复的动作。
Where have you been？We have been looking for you
everywhere.
你上哪儿了？我们一直到处找你。
I have been drinking black tea all the afternoon.
我整个下午一直在喝红茶。[考题印证8]
(2011·北京高考)Tom in the library every night over the last three months.
A.works B.worked
C.has been working D.had been working
解析：根据句中 over the last three months 可知， 句子强调在最近的三个月一直在发生且延续到现在的情况。
答案：CⅠ.用所给词的适当形式填空
1.This is the first time that I (see) this kind of
film.
答案：have seen
2.Please don't make so much noise.The baby
(sleep) in the next room.
答案：is sleeping
3.Tom says he (leave) for Japan to meet his boss
tomorrow.
答案：is leaving4. The shop (open) at 8：00 a.m.
and (close) at 11：00 p.m..
答案：opens； closes
5.You will know what (happen) immediately
you (meet) David.
答案：has happened； meet
6.— What will you do if it (rain) tomorrow？
— We have to carry it on，since we (get)
everything ready.
答案：rains； have got7.John (lose) his job if he can't satisfy the
manager.
答案：will lose
8.I (fix) the fridge all the morning.
答案：have been fixingⅡ.单项填空
1.Collecting antiques as a hobby increasingly
popular in the past fifty years.
A.becomes B.became
C.has become D.had become
解析：当句中含有 during the past fifty years 这样类似
的时间状语时，句子用现在完成时。
答案：C2.— I heard Jane had an accident yesterday.
— Oh， really？ I know. I go and
visit her.
A.didn't； will B.don't； will
C.don't； would D.didn't； am going to
解析：根据情境可知，“不知道”是说话之前的事情，
所以用过去时；打算去看望简是刚刚做出的决定，所以
用will 。
答案：A3.(2011·重庆高考)That piece of music sounds quite
familiar. Who the piano upstairs？
A.has played B.played
C.plays D.is playing
解析：根据句意“这首曲子听起来很熟悉”可知这首
钢琴曲正在弹奏。
答案：D4.I have to walk upstairs. The lift down.
A.was breaking B.broke
C.will break D.has broken
解析：句意：我不得不走着上楼，电梯坏了。用现在完
成时表示 过去某个不确定的时间发生的事情对现在的影
响。
答案：D5.(2010·湖南高考)I'm tired out . I all afternoon
and I don't seem to have finished anything.
A.shopped B.have shopped
C.had shopped D.have been shopping
解析：句意：我现在很累。我整个下午一直在购物，
我好像什么事都没做成似的。由句意可知，购物延续
了整个下午，造成的直接影响是“我现在很累”，而
且购物还有可能继续下去。
答案：D6.— Do you think we should accept that offer？
— Yes， we should， for we such bad luck
up till now， and time out.
A.have had； is running B.had； is running
C.have； has been run D.have had； has been run
解析：根据答语中 up till now 可知，第一个空应用
完成时；第二空用现在进行时表示将要发生的事情。
答案：A7.(2010·辽宁高考)I all the cooking for my
family，but recently I've been too busy to do it.
A.will do B.do
C.am doing D.had done
解析：句意：我为一家人做饭，但是最近我太忙不能
做了。第一句表示现阶段的一种状况，所以用一般现
在时态。
答案：B8.(2011·陕西高考)His first novel good reviews
since it came out last month.
A.receives B.is receiving
C.will receive D.has received
解析：句意：自从上个月出版以来，他的第一部小说
受到了好评。根据句中的时间状语从句 since it came
out last month 可知主句应用现在完成时。
答案：D9.Mr.Blake Shanghai in a few days.Do you
know when the earliest plane on Sunday？
A.is leaving； takes off B.leaves； takes off
C.is leaving； is taking off D.leaves； is taking off
解析：第一空用现在进行时表示将来，第二空为宾语
从句的谓语，在此只能用一般现在时态，表示按规定
或时间表预计要发生某事。
答案：A10.— How can I apply for an online course？
— Just fill out this form and we what we can do
for you.
A.see B.are seeing
C.have seen D.will see
解析：句意：“我怎样申请一门网上课程呢？”“填一下
这个表格，我们看一下能帮你做点什么。”本题考查典型
句式：祈使句＋and＋陈述句，其中的祈使句相当于一个if
引导的条件句，and后的句子相当于主句，主句用一般将
来时，条件从句用一般现在时。
答案：D请根据以下要点提示，为英语报社写一篇介绍汉语的英语短文。 参考词汇：汉语标准语standard Chinese 普通话Putonghua/Mandarin
The language of Chinese
①Chinese is one of the most ancient languages in the world.②Although English is used all around the world，more and more people speak Chinese nowadays.③You will hear Chinese spoken in many countries and areas. ④Chinese is also one of the official languages of the United Nations.
⑤Now that China is becoming stronger，Chinese will certainly play a more important part in international communication.⑥More and more people in the world are beginning to learn Chinese and many famous universities have set Chinese course.
⑦I'm sure that it is a good idea for people from other countries to learn Chinese.?第一段：简要介绍汉语。
第二三段：介绍汉语的国际地位及发展。
第四段：号召人们积极学习汉语。②句中although引导让步状语从句，反衬人们对汉语的重视。
③句中hear sth.done为“动词＋宾语＋宾补”复合结构。
⑤句中now that引导原因状语从句，引出汉语国际地位提升的必然趋势。
⑦句中it is a good idea for sb.to do sth.句式中用it作形式主语，不定式为真正的主语。句中“I'm sure that ...”表明了作者对汉语的信心。 介绍语言的说明文属于事物介绍类说明文。要写好此类文章，应注意以下几点：
1.准确把握介绍的对象。根据写作目的和要求，抓住事物的最主要的特点，做到有的放矢，让读者更容易了解所介绍的事物。
2.语言要求准确、简洁、贴切。写介绍类说明文，语言要通俗易懂，实事求是。
3.说明事物的过程思路要清晰，层次性强，有条理，有助于读者的理解。
4.表达时，时态通常应用一般现在时，人称多为第三人称。[佳句必背]
1.It plays an increasingly important role in life.
2.It has more advantages than disadvantages.
3.Some changes have taken place in the past five years.
4.From what has been mentioned above，we can come to the conclusion that ...
5.Last but not least， more and more people prefer to ...
6.It is known to us all that ...
7.At present there are already ...
8.In a word， it will ... 近年来，世界“汉语热”越来越盛，孔子学院如雨后春笋，中国文化在世界范围内迅速传播。据统计，全球学汉语总人数已达4000万。请你为《中国文化日报》写一篇介绍孔子学院的英语短文，短文内容要涉及下列表格中的内容。 词数：100左右。
参考词汇：孔子学院Confucius Institute 哲学家philosopher 推广popularize[参考范文]
To develop friendships with other countries and popularize the Chinese language and culture， we have， in recent years， set up Confucius Institutes all over the world.It is known to us all that Confucius was a famous thinker， educator and philosopher in Chinese history. At present there are already 156 institutes completed and by the end of this year that number will reach 200.The institutes' services include teaching Chinese online， training Chinese teachers， providing Chinese textbooks， and introducing modern China's tourism， business， and medicine to the world.
In a word， it will promote an exchange of rich Chinese culture with other cultures.课件27张PPT。Module 2 A Job Worth DoingStep1Section I Introduction & Reading-Pre-readingStep2Step3Step4Step51.Have you ever considered taking a voluntary job？
2.Do you know how to find a voluntary job？ Where to find local volunteer opportunities？
Many people are perfectly willing to be volunteers， but they just aren't sure where to start. Volunteering is a rewarding (有益的) experience and there is no reason for you to travel to a foreign country to get started！
Your local animal shelter (收容所) is the perfect place to start off if you want to help animals. Check the phone book to see what is available in your area. Most towns have an abused (受虐待的) animal shelter and some even have a wildlife shelter where deer， birds and other wild animals which have been injured can be nursed back to health. The duties vary from organization to organization， but generally people are needed to help care for the animals，give them love and answer phones. Not interested in working with animals？ A children's hospital might be looking for volunteers to entertain children whose parents aren't able to be there constantly. You could offer your services as just a friend.
Another idea for working with kids is to volunteer as a tutor for those who are falling behind in school. Talk to the local schools to find out if your services are needed. If you are good on the phone， you might consider joining the local emergency hotline. Nearly all towns offer a hotline of some sort.
This work takes a special type of person and only you can decide if you are right for it.
Other volunteer jobs that you might be interested in include volunteering as a nurse's aid in the hospital， driving the disabled， working in a soup kitchen and picking up waste along the beach and highway. There are plenty of chances to volunteer， no matter where you live. You just need to look.1.Please list a number of jobs you know and say what
sort of job would you like to do. And why？
参考答案：Teacher， doctor， policeman， actor， engineer， manager， secretary， director， reporter， lawyer， driver ... 2.Match the following people's jobs with the statements.①someone whose job is to keep and check financial accounts， calculate taxes， etc.
②a man whose job is to cut men's hair and sometimes to shave them
③someone who studies or works in biochemistry
④someone who works under the ground in a mine to remove coal， gold， etc.
⑤someone who owns or works in a travel agency
⑥a person who offers to do sth.without being paid
答案：①C ②A ③D ④E ⑤B ⑥FSkim the passage and find out the main idea of each paragraph.
1.Paragraph One： .
2.Paragraph Two： .
3.Paragraph Three： .The roadThe manThe reason why he does itRead the passage carefully and do the following tasks.
Task 1： Fill in the blanks according to the passage.dangeroussurvivetheoryrespecthuman traffic signaldirectsvolunteerclose encountercalled outeffectTask 2： Answer the following questions.
1.Why are there so many accidents on the world's most
dangerous road？
答案：Because the condition of the road is bad and
few drivers respect the traffic rules2.Being a human traffic signal， how does Timoteo direct
the traffic？
答案：He stands on the bend holding a large board to
direct the traffic when two vehicles approach from the
opposite directions.3.What do drivers do when they pass by him？
答案：Some drivers give him a tip， but most of
them take it for granted.4.Why does he choose this job？
答案：Because he encountered with death once and he
realized that he was lucky to survive.He felt that it was
his mission in life to help others. Situated at 3,500 meters， La Paz is the highest capital in the world. Life and communications are hard there. Many roads are in bad 1. and accidents are frequent. One road in 2. is the most dangerous and 46-year-old Timoteo lives in a village near the most
3. part of it.
One day he was driving a lorry load of bananas when he came off the road at a 4. . Somehow he 5. it. conditionparticulardangerousbendsurvivedThen several years later， he was called out in the night to help pull people out of a 6. bus at the Devil's bend， which had a profound 7. on him. He decided to take up his place on the bend and 8. the traffic. So week in， week out， from dawn to dusk， he stands on the bend， working as a human traffic 9. ， holding a large circular board， one side of which is red and the other side green.
Thanks to Timoteo， the death toll has 10. .crashedeffect direct signal fallen If you want to be a volunteer， what kind of jobs do you want to choose？And why？
参考答案：If I were a volunteer， I would devote my time to helping kids with their school work. Because many kids in the poor regions can not receive proper education.课件82张PPT。Section Ⅱ Introduction & Vocabulary and Reading语言点一
单词集释
板块语言点二短语荟萃板块语言点三句型解构
板块课时跟踪检测识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展A.根据词性及汉语释义写出单词
1. adj.令人满意的→ v.使(某人)满意、高兴
→ adj.满意的→ n.满意，称心
2. adj.充满压力的；紧张的→ n.压力；紧张
3. n.志愿者v.自愿→ adj.自愿的；自发
的
4. vt.遵守；尊敬n.尊敬→ adj.尊敬人的
→ adj.受人尊敬的
5. vt.指挥→ n.方向，指挥→ n.导
演，指挥者satisfyingsatisfysatisfiedsatisfactionstressfulstressvolunteer voluntaryrespectrespectfulrespectabledirectdirectiondirectorB.根据英文释义及首字母提示写出单词
1. ： meet by chance
2. ： a sound or action that you make in order to
give information to someone
3. ： deep， very great
4. ： having suitable knowledge， experience， or
skills， especially for a particular job
5. ： put forward sth. (to sb.) to be considered and
accepted or refusedencountersignalprofoundqualifiedoffer1.satisfying adj.令人满意的
①I think it's very satisfying to do voluntary work in
this village.
我认为在这个村庄做志愿工作是非常令人满意的。
②94 percent of the surveyed believed they could achieve
a balance between a satisfying professional career and a
pleasant personal life.
94%的受访者认为，他们可以在令人满意的职业和快乐
的个人生活之间取得平衡。③From his look I know he is satisfied to work here.
从他满意的神情可以看出，他很满意在这里工作。
④ ， my boss agreed to my suggestion.
使我非常满意的是老板同意了我的建议。
⑤Satisfied with what I said， my mother agreed that I could go swimming with my classmates.
妈妈对我说的话很满意，同意我与同学一起去游泳。satisfiedMuch to my satisfaction2.offer
[教材P12原句] This person has offered to do a job
— and may not be paid for doing it.
这个人主动提出要做这份工作—而且这项工作有
可能没有报酬。(1)v. (主动)提出(愿意做某事)；提供；出价①Tom offered to teach us for nothing.
汤姆主动提出免费教我们。
②We offered him a lift， but he didn't accept.
我们建议他搭我们的车，但他没有接受。
③We him the house ￡35,000.
这所房子我们向他要价35000英镑。
④He offered ￡30,000 for the house.
他出价3万英镑买这所房子。
(2)n.提议，提供
⑤Thank you for your kind offer of help.
感谢你给予的善意的帮助。offeredforoffer， provide， supply[自填助记]
①The government free textbooks for elementary and junior middle school students now.
②Swedish officials announced that all primary schools would classes in Chinese within 10 years.
③Our farm the market with fruits and vegetables.providesoffersupplies3.respect
[教材P12原句] But in practice， few drivers respect
the rules.
但实际上，几乎没有司机遵守这些规则。
(1)vt.遵守；尊重，尊敬
①I respect you for your honesty.
由于你为人诚实，我对你十分敬重。(2)n. [U]尊重，尊敬[C]方面[pl.]问候；敬意
②Some people have no respect for the speed limit
and therefore are punished.
有些人全然不顾限速规定，结果受到处罚。
③To be honest， I don't agree with you in this
respect.
诚实的说，在这方面我不赞同你。
④This is especially true in respect of the States.
美国的情况尤其如此。
⑤Please give my respects to your parents.
请代我向你父母问好。⑥respect sb. sth. 因为某事尊重某人
⑦show/have respect for sb.
⑧ 关于；就……来说
⑨give one's respects sb. 代某人向某人问好
⑩in this/that respect forin respect of尊敬某人to在这/那方面 4.direct
[教材P13原句] Timoteo stands on the bend and directs
the traffic.
铁穆特欧站在拐角处指挥交通。
(1)vt. 指挥；指路；指示，命令；导演
①Can you direct me (to the station)？
你告诉我(到车站)怎么走好吗？
②His boss directed him to cancel the meeting.
他的老板指示他取消这次会议。
③Do you know who directed the film The Grandmasters？
你知道是谁导演的电影《一代宗师》吗？④direct sb.to do sth.
⑤direct sb.to sp. 指导某人做某事指给某人去某地的路(2)adj. 直接的；径直的
⑥I like to make friends with anyone who is open and direct.
我喜欢和任何坦诚直爽的人交朋友。
⑦She is in direct contact with the general manager.
她与总经理直接联系。⑧When the police arrived， the crowd scattered in all directions.
警察一到，人群就向四面八方散开了。
⑨I told you the news directly I heard it.
我一听到这个消息就告诉了你。Ⅰ.单词拼写
1.It was very (令人满意的) to see the girl play
tennis so well.
答案：satisfying
2.The company asked the (会计) to work out
the cost of the products.
答案：accountant
3.Chest pain can be a warning (信号) of heart
disease.
答案：signal4.After one year's training， Mary was (合格的)
for the job.
答案：qualified
5.The (志愿者) for community service are doing
a good job.
答案：volunteers
6.She finds her new teaching job very (充满压力
的).
答案：stressful 7.I (遇见) many difficulties when I first started this
job.
答案：encountered
8.There is a sharp (弯道) on the road.
答案：bend
9.Children should show (尊敬) for their teachers.
答案：respect
10.When a movie is shot， all the actors are (指导)
by the chief director.
答案：directedⅡ.单项填空
1.He was with the results of the exam， which
can be seen from his smile.
A.satisfied； satisfying B.satisfied； satisfied
C.satisfying； satisfied D.satisfying； satisfying
解析：句意：他对考试的结果很满意，这一点从他满意
的笑容上可以看出来。satisfied“感到满意的”；
satisfying“令人满意的”。be satisfied with ...“对……
感到满意”； satisfied smile“感到满意的微笑”。
答案：B2.All the students gathered in the early morning to
pick up the rubbish in the park.
A.volunteered B.volunteering
C.to volunteer D.being volunteered
解析：句意：一大清早，所有同学都自愿聚集起来捡拾
公园里的垃圾。volunteering为现在分词作伴随状语。
答案：B3.The mayor of the city is a old man.
A.respect B.respected
C.respectful D.respecting
解析：句意：这个城市的市长是一位深受尊敬的老人。
respect“尊敬，遵守”；respected“受尊敬的”；
respectful表示“敬意的，尊敬的”，指主动去尊敬别人；
respecting介词，“关于、至于(某事物)”。故B项符合
句意。
答案：B4.The flight doesn't fly to Rome； it goes by way
of Paris.
A.direct B.directly
C.direction D.directedly
解析：句意：这次航班不直飞罗马，它要绕道巴黎。
direct作副词时，意为“直接地，径直地”，符合句意。
direction名词，不合要求；directly用作副词时表示“直
接地(多用比喻)”及“立刻”之意；directedly不存在此
形式。
答案：A5.Whenever we're in trouble， he always to
help us.
A.supplies B.offers
C.provides D.gives
解析：offer to help sb.指“主动提供帮助”；其他三
个选项虽有“提供，给予”的意思，但均不符合该句
结构。
答案：B6.In our class， when the bell rang and the teacher closed
his book， it was a for everyone to stand up.
A.signal B.chance
C.mark D.measure
解析：根据常识及句意可知，铃响及老师合上书本是下
课的信号。signal“信号”，符合句意。Chance
“机会”；mark“分数，痕迹”；measure“方法，
措施”。
答案：A1. good/bad condition 状况好/差
2. particular 尤其；特别
3. average 平均
4. theory 理论上；从理论上来说
5. practice 实际上；在实践中
6.pass 经过
7.take ... granted 以为……理所当然
8.have an effect 对……产生影响
9.take 站好位置以备……；从事；占据
10.come 脱落；举行ininonininbyforonupoff1.on average平均
[教材P12原句] Although there is not a lot of traffic， on
average， one vehicle comes off the road every two weeks.
尽管交通量不大，但平均每两周就有一辆车驶出公路。
①We received 20 calls a day on average.
我们平均每天接到二十个电话。
②Financial services sales agents can clear more than
$90,000 dollars a year on average.
金融理财销售代理平均每年挣9万多美元。③ 3， 8 and 10 is 7.
3,8,10的平均数为7。
④Susan's school performance is well .
苏珊的学习成绩远远超出平均水平。
⑤An average of two students are absent each day these days.
这些日子每天平均有两个学生缺席。The average ofabove the average2.pass by经过；(时间)过去；错过；忽视
[教材P13原句] But often they just pass by， taking the
human traffic signal for granted.
但是通常他们(司机)只是从他身边驶过，把人体交通标志
看作理所当然的事情。
①Time passed by without our knowing it.
时间不知不觉地就过去了。
②You should never let the opportunity .
你不应该错过这个机会。
③Tom passed close by me without a sign of recognition.
汤姆与我擦肩而过，却没有认出我。 pass by④Qian Xuesen， a great scientist， peacefully.
伟大的科学家钱学森安详地辞世了。
⑤Folk music has been passed down from one generation to another.
民间音乐是一代一代地流传下来的。
⑥Mary a difficult period after her marriage failed.
婚姻失败后，玛丽经历了一段困难时期。passed away passed through3.take ... for granted以为……理所当然
[教材P13原句] But often they just pass by， taking
the human traffic signal for granted.
但是通常他们(司机)只是从他身边驶过，把人体交通
标志看作理所当然的事情。①Many children today take their parents' love for granted.
今天许多孩子把父母的爱看成是理所当然的。
②Don't that he'll help you.
不要以为他一定会帮助你。take it for granted③ . We'll take care of everything.
别紧张，一切由我们照料。
④You take things too seriously； try to enjoy life a bit more！
你对事情过于认真，尽量多享受些人生乐趣吧！Take it easy4.have an effect on对……产生影响
[教材P13原句] This last experience had a profound
effect on Timoteo.
最后的这次经历对铁穆特欧产生了重大影响。
①The film had a great effect on John.
这影片对约翰影响极大。
②Where you live also has a huge effect on your health.
居住环境对你的健康也有重大影响。③The medicine quickly .
药很快见效了。
④Although he is her employer， she has full
control.
虽然他是她的雇主，但实际上是由她完全控制。took effectin effect5.take up
(1)站好位置以备
[教材P13原句] And so every morning， week in，
week out， from dawn to dusk， Timoteo takes up his
place on the bend and directs the traffic.
于是每天早晨，在路的拐弯处铁穆特欧站好自己的位置，
开始指挥来往的车辆，从拂晓到黄昏，一周又一周。
(2)占据
①Playing football all my time.
踢球占去我所有的时间。takes up(3)拿起
②He took up a pen and wrote down his name.
他拿起笔来写下自己的名字。
(4)开始从事
③She has taken up a job as a teacher.
她当上教师了。
(5)继续
④He the story where Tim had left off.
他接着讲蒂姆未讲完的故事。took upⅠ.选词填空in particular， take ...for granted， pass by， in theory， have a bad effect on， in bad condition， take up， on average 1.Alcoholic drink can your body.
答案：have a bad effect on
2.The house was dull， old-fashioned and .
答案：in bad condition
3. ， there are 300 tourists a week.
答案：On average
4.If you something， you go past it or near
it.
答案：pass by5.His suggestion is good but cannot be
put into practice.
答案：in theory
6.The whole meal was good but the wine
was excellent.
答案：in particular7.I know you are busy and naturally I don't want
to too much of your time.
答案：take up
8.Her husband was always there and she did
him .
答案：take； for grantedⅡ.单项填空
1.The talk between the headteacher and me had a great
effect my study.
A.in B.on
C.to D.at
解析：考查固定词组。have an effect on ...表示
“对……有影响”。句意：班主任和我之间的谈话对
我的学习影响很大。
答案：B2.When I went in， she didn't even look up. I could
hardly stand being like this.
A.passed by B.gone by
C.put down D.taken out
解析：句意：我进来时，她连头也没抬，我不能忍受
像这样被忽视。pass by“忽视”，符合句意。go
by“经过”；put down“放下，记下”；take out
“切除，出发”。
答案：A3.Don't take for granted that he will agree
with you on the point.
A.it B.what
C.which D.that
解析：考查代词的用法。句意：不要理所当然地认
为他会同意你的观点。take it for granted是固定用
法。在此句中it是形式宾语，后面的that从句是真正
的宾语。
答案：A4.It seems good ， but it doesn't work .
A.in practice； in theory B.in theory； in practice
C.theoretical； practical D.for theory； for practice
解析：句意：理论上它似乎很不错，但实际上却行不通。
In theory“理论上”；in practice“实际上”，两者均为
固定词组。
答案：B5.— Where should we go for lunch？
— Nowhere ， anywhere you like.
A.in short B.in addition
C.in particular D.in time
解析：in short“总之，简言之”；in addition
“另外，此外”；in particular“尤其，特别”；
in time“及时”。故C项符合语境。
答案：C6.This used car is still perfect condition.
A.in B.on
C.at D.for
解析：be in ...condition是固定搭配，表示
“处于…… 的状态”。
答案：A7.We tried to find a table for seven， but they were
all .
A.given away B.kept away
C.taken up D.used up
解析：句意：我们试图找一张七个人坐的桌子，
但都被占了。give away“泄露，捐赠”；keep
away“不靠近”；take up“占据”；use up“用
光”。故C项符合句意。
答案：C8.The price of apples is about four yuan per
kg average.
A.on B.at
C.in D.from
解析：考查短语搭配。on average为固定词组，
意思是“一般说来，平均起来”。句意：苹果的
价格平均大约每千克四元钱。
答案：A1.[句型展示] Every morning he climbs up to the
bend with a large circular board in his hand.
每天早晨，他都手拿一个圆形大招牌爬到那个弯道处。
[典例背诵] The young lady came in， with her
two-year-old son in her arms.
那位年轻的女士进来了，怀里抱着两岁的孩子。2.[句型展示] He was driving a lorry load of
bananas when he came off the road at a bend and
fell three hundred metres down the mountain.
正当他开着一辆装满香蕉的卡车要驶过一个弯道时，
他连人带车翻到了300米深的山崖下。
[典例背诵] We were talking about John when he
walked in.
我们正在谈论约翰，这时他走了进来。1.Every morning he climbs up to the bend. with a large
circular board in his hand .
每天早晨，他都手拿一个圆形大招牌爬到那个拐弯处。
本句中使用了“with＋宾语＋宾语补足语”复合结构作
状语，可用介词短语、形容词、副词、不定式、现在分
词或过去分词作with的宾语补足语。
①She said goodbye with tears in her eyes.(介词短语)
她含泪说再见。②It's bad manners to talk .(形容词)
含着满嘴食物说话是不礼貌的。
③I went out with the light on.(副词)
我外出时没关灯。
④With so many things ， I can't go on holiday.(不定式，表将来)
有这么多事要处理，我不能去度假。with your mouth fullto deal with⑤With all things she needed ， she went home happily.(过去分词，表被动、完成)
买了所需要的东西后，她高兴地回家了。
⑥We went through the forest without any difficulty with the guide leading us.(现在分词，表主动)
由向导带路，我们毫不费劲地穿过了森林。bought2.He was driving a lorry load of bananas when he
came off the road at a bend and fell three hundred
metres down the mountain.
正当他开着一辆装满香蕉的卡车要驶过一个弯道时，
他连人带车翻到了300米深的山崖下。(1)sb. was doing sth. when ...“某人正在做某事，就在那
时……”，此处when为并列连词，意为“就在那时”，
相当于and at that time。
①She was writing a letter to her pen friend when the
light went out.
她正在给她的笔友写信，就在那时灯突然灭了。(2)be about to do sth. when ... ＝ be on the point of doing
sth. when ...“……正要做某事，就在那时……”。
②I was about to leave when it began to rain.
我正想离开这时下雨了。
(3)had (just) done sth. when ...“……刚做完某事，就在
那时……”。
③He an e-mail to his pal on the
Internet when his computer broke down.
他刚给朋友发完一封电子邮件，就在那时电脑出故障了。had just sentⅠ.完成句子
1.She likes to sleep with (窗户开着).
2.With (价格上涨) so fast， some people
can’t afford flats.
3.I can’t go out to play with all the dishes (要
洗). the window(s) openprices going upto wash4.He was asleep with (头枕在臂膀上).
5.I was watching TV (正在这时) the
doorbell rang.
6.He (刚刚举起手) when
the class was over.his head on his armswhenhad just put up/raised his handⅡ.单句改错
1.He was such excited that he could not speak.
答案：such→so
2.They started towards the village with the boy led the way.
答案：led→leading3.Don't take that for granted that you didn't pass the
final examination.
答案：第一个that→it
4.In common to his brother，he likes playing football
very much.
答案：to→with5.Her pale face suggested that she be ill.
答案：be→was点击此图片进入“课时跟踪检测”课件81张PPT。Module2 A Job Worth DoingSection Ⅲ Other Parts of the Module语言点一单词集释板块语言点二短语荟萃板块语言点三句型解构板块课时跟踪检测识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展语篇理解课文自读
板块Ⅰ.True (T) or False (F).
1.According to the survey，the ten fastest growing jobs
will be related to computers and tourism. ( )
2.14 million American teenagers suffer from speech or
language problems. ( )
3.An adventure guide should have physical fitness and
an outgoing personality. ( )
答案：1.F 2.F 3.TⅡ.Read the passage“Growing Jobs”and choose the best
answers.
1.What will the ten fastest growing jobs be related with？
A.Computers and health.
B.Computers and tourism.
C.Tourism and health.
D.Training and tourism.
2.How many American adults are suffering from speech or
language problems？
A.6 million. B.14 million.
C.8 million. D.15 million.3.What are bioinformaticians？
A.Those who combine computer skills with
knowledge of biology.
B.Those who combine medical skills with knowledge
of biology.
C.Those who combine tourism skills with knowledge
of biology.
D.Those who combine health skills with knowledge of
biology.4.What is the most important character for the guides of
adventure holidays？
A.Physical fitness.
B.An outgoing personality.
C.Both A and B.
D.Not mentioned in the text.
答案：1.A 2.C 3.A 4.CA.根据词性及汉语释义写出单词
1. vi.冻住；冻僵→ n.冰箱→ adj.
极冷的
2. vi.申请→ n.申请
3. vt.需要→ n.需要
4. adj.传统的→ n.传统
5. vi.遭受(痛苦)→ n.痛苦
6. n.个性；性格→ adj.个人的freezefreezerfreezingapplyapplicationrequirerequirementtraditionaltraditionsuffersufferingpersonalitypersonalB.词义配对
1.contract A.to get money for work that sb. does
2.grateful B.a very firm request for sth.； the desire
or need of customers for goods or services
3.earn C.feeling or showing thanks； thankful
4.demand D.to become or make sth. become twice as
much or as many
5.permanent E.lasting or expected to last for a long time
or for ever6.double F.able to be obtained， taken， or used
7.sign G.completely necessary； extremely
important
8.staff H.to write your name on a document，
letter， etc.
9.available I.a written legal agreement between two
people or businesses10.essential J.all the workers employed in an
organization considered as a group
答案：1.I 2.C 3.A 4.B 5.E 6.D 7.H 8.J 9.F 10.G1.sign
[教材P15原句] I haven't signed the contract yet.
我还没有签这个合同。
(1)vt.签字，签署；签名；做手势
①He signed his name on the cheque.
他在支票上签了名。
②She turned and (to) the child to be quiet.
她转过身示意孩子安静下来。
signed③For safely reasons， please when you arrive at the building， and when you leave.
基于安全，请在抵达大楼时签到，离去时请签退。
④They planned to sign up more men for the company， but not many signed up.
他们计划为公司雇用更多的人，但是没有多少人签约。sign insign out(2)n.痕迹，迹象；手势；标志；招牌⑤The tests can detect early signs of disease.
这些检查可以发现疾病的早期征兆。2.apply vi.申请，请求；适合，适用
[教材P15原句] Now think of some more questions to
ask people applying for these jobs.
想出更多的问题问一下申请工作的人。
①What I have said applies only to some of you.
我所说的只适用于你们当中的一部分人。②To apply for a job， you must fill out a form.
申请工作要填表。
③You have to apply to the U.S. embassy for a visa.
你不得不向美国大使馆申请签证。
④The new technology was applied to farming.
这项新技术已应用于农业。⑤apply to sb. for sth.
⑥apply to sb.
⑦apply sth. to 向某人申请某物适用于某人把……运用于……3.require vt.需要
[教材P18原句] SALES STAFF required in well-known
clothes shop.
著名服装店招收销售人员。
①We require extra help.
我们需要额外的帮助。②The roof requires repairing/to be repaired.
屋顶需要修理了。
③The rules also require employers to provide safety training to employees.
这些规定还要求雇主给雇员们提供安全培训。
④The situation requires that I (should) be present. 某事需要被做
⑥require sb. sth. 要求某人做某事
⑦require that ... sth. 要求做某事(should) doto doto be done4.available adj.
[教材P18原句] I would be very grateful if you
could send me more information about the post(s)
available.
如果你能多寄给我一些适合我的工作信息，我将
非常感激。(1)(修饰物时)可获得的；可利用的；有效的①All the teaching equipment is available to students.
学生们可以使用所有的教学设备。
②The ticket is available for three days.
这张票有效期为三天。(2)(修饰人时)有空的；可与之联系的；可会见的
③Is the manager available？
经理在不在？
④The director was not available for comment.
主管没有时间发表意见。5.demand
[教材P19原句] But there will also be a rise in the
demand for health care professionals.
但是对健康护理专业的需求也会上升。
(1)n. 要求；需要
①The supply of vegetables falls short of demand this year.
今年蔬菜供不应求。
②It is impossible to satisfy all your demands.
满足你所有的要求是不可能的。 ③Qualified doctors are always in great demand.
合格的医生总是很需要的。
(2)vt. 要求；需要
④The workers are demanding better pay.
工人要求提高工资。
⑤She demanded to see the headmaster.
她请求见校长。
⑥The boss demanded that Mary (should) finish it
within a week.
老板要求玛丽在一周内完成它。⑦meet/ one's demands 满足某人的要求
⑧ demand 非常需要的，受欢迎的
⑨demand sth. 要求做某事
⑩demand that ... 要求…… satisfy into do(should) do6.suffer
[教材P19原句] But many youngsters will need
professional care， too： 14 million Americans suffer
from speech or language problems， and six million
of them are under the age of 18.
但是许多年轻人也需要专业照顾：1400万美国人遭受
语言问题，而其中600万人还不满18岁。(1)suffer作不及物动词时，常与from连用。suffer from
指遭受战争、自然灾害带来的苦难及患病之苦。
①Many bosses suffer from lack of sleep/headaches.
很多老板遭受睡眠不足/头痛的折磨。
②Most of the important cities of the world
traffic jam.
世界上大多数大城市都交通堵塞为患。suffer from(2)suffer作及物动词时，意为“遭受痛苦，损失，忍受
侮辱”等。其宾语常为pain， loss， grief，
punishment， hardship， rudeness等。
③Thailand a great loss because of the
severe floods.
泰国因洪水泛滥而蒙受了重大损失。
④I can't suffer his rudeness any longer.
我再也不能忍受他的粗鲁了。sufferedⅠ.单词拼写
1.The boss is satisfied with all his (员工) devoted
to their work.
答案：staff
2.20 percent of English graduates just (挣) less
than ￡10 an hour.
答案：earn
3.The prices of vegetables have been (加倍)
because of bad weather.
答案：doubled4.Despite their different (性格)， they became
the best friends.
答案：personalities
5.He (受苦) a lot when he was a child.
答案：suffered
6.We are (感激的) to you for your timely help.
答案：grateful
7.The company is attempting to meet the customers'
(需求).
答案：demands8.He finally got a job in a company paying good (薪
水).
答案：salaries
9.These principles (适用) to learning foreign
languages.
答案：apply
10.The contract must be (签字) before we can
proceed with the work.
答案：signedⅡ.单项填空
1. Jack has been out of work for a long time， so he
wants to a job in this company.
A.care for B.apply for
C.wait for D. apply to
解析：句意：杰克失业很长一段时间了，因此他想在
这家公司申请一份工作。apply for“申请”，与句意
相符。care for“关心，要求”；wait for“等待”；
apply to“呼吁，适应”。
答案：B2.There are plenty of jobs in the western part of
the country.
A.present B.available
C.precious D.convenient
解析：句意：该国西部有足够多的工作机会。Present
“目前的，出席的”；available“可获得的，可利用的”；
precious“宝贵的，珍贵的”；convenient“方便的”。
故B项符合句意。
答案：B3.They demand that the authority to the
public for its wrong decision.
A.would apologise B.apologise
C.apologised D.apologising
解析：句意：他们要求当局为错误的决定向公众道
歉。demand后接由that引导的宾语从句时，从句中
谓语动词需用虚拟语气，即“(should＋)动词原形”
形式。
答案：B4.The computer doesn't work well and it requires
but the manager requires me to use it.
A.to change； to continue B.changing； continuing
C.changing； to continue D.to change； continuing
解析：句意：这台计算机工作不正常，需要更换，但
是经理要求我继续用下去。require doing/to be done
“某事需要做”；require sb. to do sth.“要求某人做某
事”。根据句意可知选C项。
答案：C5.The teacher us our names on
the papers.
A.signed； sign B.signed to； signing
C.signed； to sign D.signed； signing
解析：句意：老师示意我们在试卷上签名。sign
(to) sb.to do sth.“示意某人做某事”；sign one's
name on“在……上签上名字”。故选C项。
答案：C6.Tom devoted himself to the wildlife research， and
finally， his efforts him great success and
fame.
A.saved B.earned
C.made D.offered
解析：句意：汤姆把心都用在了野生生物研究上，终
于，他的努力为他赢得了巨大的成功和名望。earn后
面可接双宾语，earn sb.sth.意为“为某人赢得……”。
其他选项与句意不符。
答案：B7.We are grateful you the help you
have given us.
A.for； to B.to； for
C.for； for D.to； to
解析：句意：我们对你给予我们的帮助非常感激。be
grateful to sb. for sth.“因某事而感激某人”。
答案：B8.The lady great pain when her husband was
killed in a traffic accident.
A.suffered B.took
C.stood D.suffered from
解析：suffer pain“遭受痛苦”；take“经受，承受(某
种压力等)”；stand“忍受”，后面一般不接情感类名
词；suffer from后常接具体疾病名称。
答案：A1.have a day 有一天的假期
2. progress 在进行中
3. location 外景拍摄
4.in response 作为……的回应
5.be related 与……有关
6.combine ... ... 把……和……相结合
7.suffer 遭受(痛苦)
8. demand 需要
9.look forward 期待，渴望
10.take notice 注意到offinontotowithfromintoof1.in response to作为……的回应
[教材P18原句] I am writing in response to your
advertisement for a temporary position as a waiter.
看到你们广告上要招收临时服务员，我就写信来应聘。
①Saudi Arabia's king announced women would be
given the right to vote in response to the demand for
reform.
作为改革的回应，沙特阿拉伯国王宣布妇女有选举权。②They made a quick response to my inquiry.
他们对我的询问很快做了答复。
③Netizens angrily Facebook's practices.
Facebook的行为使得网民很生气。respondedto2.be related to 与……有关，与……相连
[教材P19原句] According to a survey published
by an American university， the ten fastest
growing jobs will be related to computers and
health.
根据美国一所大学发表的一份调查报告表明，增
长速度最快的十种职业将与电脑和健康有关。
①Wealth is seldom happiness.
财富鲜与幸福相关。related to②The report relates high wages to/with labor shortages.
该报告把工资高与劳动力短缺联系在一起了。
③All these questions geography.
这些问题都跟地理有关。relate toⅠ.选词填空
be related to， combine ...with， in response to， suffer from， look forwardto， take notice of 1.You should try to exercise a
healthy diet.
答案：combine； with
2.All British people are the
coming of London Olympics.
答案：looking forward to
3.Those born and raised in urban areas are more likely
to anxiety.
答案：suffer from4.His present state of mind what happened in
his childhood.
答案：is related to
5.They continue to adjust the website
suggestions from netizens.
答案：in response to
6.Have you what is being broadcast on the
radio？
答案：taken notice ofⅡ.单项填空
1.Nowadays， many people walk to work
Copenhagen Conference calling for living a
low-carbon lifestyle to cope with global warming.
A.in relation to B.in response to
C.in addition to D.in opposition to解析：句意：现在，许多人为了响应哥本哈根会议上所提出的低碳生活方式来应付全球变暖的呼吁而步行上班。in relation to“关于，涉及”；in response to“为响应”；in addition to“除……之外”；in opposition to“强烈反对，与……相反”。故B项符合句意。
答案：B2.Every worker a good boss who is kind to
them.
A.looks forward to have B.looks forward have
C.looks forward to having D.looks forward having
解析：句意：每一名工人都盼望着能有一个对他们好的
老板。look forward to意为“盼望，期待”，其中的to
是介词，后应接名词或v.-ing 形式。
答案：C3.Although there is a clear sign “No Photos” in the
museum， some visitors still take no of it.
A.care B.possession
C.notice D.advantage
解析：句意：尽管博物馆有明确的“禁止拍照”的标
识牌，一些游客仍然不理会。take no notice of “不理
会”，符合句意。take (no) care of“(不)照顾，(不)照
看”；take (no) possession“(不)占有”；take (no)
advantage of“(不)利用”。
答案：C4.The matter to our study surely requires
with carefully.
A.related； dealing
B.relating； dealt
C.related； being dealt
D.relating； have dealt解析：be related to 意为“与……有关”，用related to作定语修饰 the matter；deal with 与主语 the matter 之间是被动关系，作 require (需要)的宾语时，既可以用动词不定式的被动形式，也可以用动名词主动形式(表示被动意义)。故选A项。
答案：A1.[句型展示] “I visited China last year.”“That
must have been interesting！”
“我去年访问过中国。”“那一定很有趣。”
[典例背诵] It must have rained last night， for the
ground is wet.
昨晚肯定下雨了，因为地面是湿的2.[句型展示] For people doing this job， common
sense，physical fitness and an outgoing personality
are likely to be more important than computer skills.
对做这种工作的人来说，常识、身体健康和外向的性格
可能比电脑技能更重要。
[典例背诵] It is said that being born in a certain month
is likely to indicate what job a person will end up with.
据说出生在哪个月可能预示一个人未来从事的职业。1.“I visited China last year.”“That must have been
interesting！”
“我去年访问过中国。”“那一定很有趣。”
句中must have done表示对过去情况的肯定推测，只
用于肯定陈述句中，意为“肯定已经……”。
①Tom has gone to work but his car is still here.He
must have gone by bus.
汤姆去上班了，但车还在这儿。他肯定是坐公共汽车
去的。(1)情态动词must 表示推测，意为“一定”；must
have done是对过去的肯定推测。而当must表示推
测，后接动词原形时，表示对现在的推测。
②Look at her pale face.She ill.
看她苍白的脸。她一定是病了must be(2)must 表示推测时多用在肯定句中，其疑问句和否
定形式常借助于can/could和can't/couldn't。
③— Who can it be？
那个人是谁？(不用must)
— It must be our headmaster.
肯定是我们的校长。(用在肯定句中)
— It him.He went to Beijing yesterday.
不可能是他，他昨天去北京了。(不用mustn't)can't be④I don't know why Tom didn't reply. He might not have received our letter.
我不知道为什么汤姆没有答复，他可能没有收到我们
的信。2.For people doing this job， common sense， physical fitness and an outgoing personality are likely to be more important than computer skills.
对做这种工作的人来说，常识、身体健康和外向的性格可能比电脑技术更重要。
(1)be likely to do sth.“可能做某事”，其主语既可以是人也可以是物。可以改为：It is likely that ...结构。
①He is likely to come this afternoon.＝ he will come this afternoon.
今天下午他可能要来。It is likely that ②I don't want to watch the match； the tickets are
likely to be expensive.
我不想去看这场比赛，门票可能很贵。
(2)表示可能性的句型结构常见的还有：③It is not possible for me to lift the weight.
我举不起这样的重量。
④ you'll find him at home.
你在家找到他的可能性很大。
There is a good chance that句型转换
1.It's already 8 o'clock. Mother should get back at any
moment.
→It's already 8 o'clock. Mother is
get back at any moment.
答案：likely to
2.It is likely that David will not go to the concert.
→David isn't go to the concert.
答案：likely to3.It is certain that Mary worked at the office last night.
→Mary must at the office last
night.
答案：have worked
4.I am not sure whether John heard of the news.
→John of the news， in
my opinion.
答案：might/could/may have heard5.It is possible that Lucy stayed in Japan when the
earthquake broke out.
→Lucy in Japan when the
earthquake broke out.
答案：might/could/may have stayed
6.It is certain that Betty didn't see the ad， or she would
have applied for the job.
→Betty the ad， or she
would have applied for the job.
答案：can't have seen点击此图片进入“课时跟踪检测”课件66张PPT。Module2 A Job Worth DoingSection Ⅳ Grammar and Writing写作讲座
求职信语法讲座复习
动词形式（2）考点精析专
题
练
习佳
作
观
摩技法指导专
题
练
习一、一般过去时
1.概念
一般过去时指过去某个时间里发生的动作或存在的状
态以及过去习惯性、经常性的动作、行为。2.用法
(1)一般过去时主要用于表示过去某一时刻或某段时间内
发生的事或存在的状态(包括习惯性动作)，常与明确
表示过去的时间状语(如：yesterday， last week in
1949， a few days ago等)连用。
He visited his grandmother last week.
上周他去看望他奶奶了。[考题印证1]
(2011·湖南高考)In 1492， Columbus on one of the Bahama Islands， but he mistook it for an island off India.
A.lands B.landed
C.has landed D.had landed
解析：考查时态。根据前面的时间状语in 1492 可知，此处应用一般过去时态。
答案：B[点津] 有些句子，虽然没有表示过去确定时间的状语，但实际上是指过去发生的动作或存在的状态的话，也要用过去时。
Your phone number again？I didn't quite catch it.
再说一遍你的电话号码好吗？我刚才没听见。[考题印证2]
(2011·北京高考)— That must have been a long trip.
— Yeah， it us a whole week to get there.
A.takes B.has taken
C.took D.was taking
解析：考查时态。句中的must have been 是对过去情况的肯定推测，表明谈论的是过去的事情，应用一般过去时，故选C项。
答案：C(2)表示过去连续发生的一系列动作。
He entered the room， picked up a magazine and
looked through it carefully.
他走进房间，拿起一本杂志，认真地读起来。
(3)在表示时间、条件或让步状语从句中， 常用一般过
去时代替过去将来时，表示过去将要发生的动作。
We would not leave until the teacher came back.
老师回来我们才会离开。(4)在虚拟语气中表示现在或将来时间的动作或状态。
It's time we started.
我们该动身了。[考题印证3]
3－1(2011·北京高考)— Where are the children？ The
dinner's going to be completely ruined.
— I wish they always late.
A.weren't B.hadn't been
C.wouldn't be D.wouldn't have been
解析：考查虚拟语气。根据问句句意“孩子们现在在
哪里？” 可知wish 后的宾语从句应用动词的过去式，
表示与现在事实相反的愿望，故答案为A。
答案：A3－2(2010·江苏高考)George is going to talk about the
geography of his country， but I'd rather he
more on its culture.
A.focus B.focused
C.would focus D.had focused
解析：考查虚拟语气。would rather后的从句中谓语
动词用过去式表示对现在或将来事实的虚拟。
答案：B(5)表示过去的习惯性动作，还可以用used to或would来
表示。
I used to study late into the night when I was in
Senior Three.
我上高三时经常学习到深夜。
He would sit for hours doing nothing.
他过去常常一坐几个钟头什么事也不做。(6)有些动词(如want， wonder， think， intend)和情态
动词(如could， would等)用一般过去时表示委婉的语
气。
I wondered if you could give me a hand.
我想请你帮个忙。
Could you lend me your bike？
你的自行车能借给我用一下吗？二、过去进行时
1.概念
过去进行时表示过去某时正在进行的动作(不强调是
否完成)。2.用法
(1)过去进行时主要表示过去某一时刻正在进行或某一段
时间内持续进行的动作，常和then，at that time，
this time last night， the whole night， those days，
from one to five yesterday等时间状语连用。表示过去
某时正在进行的状态或动作。
I was reading an interesting book at that time.
那个时候我正在读一本有趣的书。[考题印证4]
(2011·浙江高考)The manager was worried about the press conference his assistant in his place but， luckily， everything was going on smoothly.
A.gave B.gives
C.was giving D.had given解析：考查动词的时态。从语意“经理很担心现在助手正在代他参加的新闻发布会……”可知，give的动作和was worried这一动作同时发生，根据语意可知用过去进行时。故选C项。
答案：C(2)当表示同时进行的动作时，用while等连接，强调同
时进行的两种或几种动作。
While I was working in the garden，my mother was
cooking dinner.
我在花园里干活时，我妈妈正在做饭。
(3)过去进行时描述一件事发生的背景；即一个动作延续
时另一个短暂性动作同时发生。
I was watching TV when the bell rang.
我正在看电视突然铃响了。(4)go， come， start， stay， leave等动词的过去进行时
可以表示过去将要发生的动作。
She asked me if/whether I was starting the next day.
她问我是否第二天动身。
(5)与always， constantly连用，表示感彩。
He was always helping others.
他总是帮助别人。[点津]
一般过去时和过去进行时的区别
一般过去时强调某个动作在过去某个时间段或时间点上发生过；而过去进行时强调某个动作在过去某个时间段上一直持续，有时带有感彩。
She did housework this morning.
今天早上她做了家务。(家务活已做完)
She was doing housework this morning.
今天早上她一直在做家务。(家务活不一定做完)[考题印证5]
(2011·山东高考)When I got on the bus， I I had left my wallet at home.
A.was realizing B.realized
C.have realized D.would realize
解析：考查动词的时态。我上车后意识到把钱包忘在家里了。这里描述的是过去发生的一个瞬间动作，所以用一般过去时。
答案：B三、过去完成时
1.概念
过去完成时表示在过去某一时间或动作之前已经发
生或完成了的动作。它表示句子中描述的动作发生
在“过去的过去”。2.用法
(1)表示在过去某一时刻或动作以前完成了的动作，即
“过去的过去”。可以用by， before等介词短语或
一个时间状语从句来表示，也可以用一个表示过去
的动作来表示，还可以通过上下文来表示。
She had learned some English before she came to
the institute.
她在来学院前已学过一些英语。[考题印证6]
(2011·江西高考)We arrived at work in the morning and found that somebody into the office during the night.
A.broke B.had broken
C.has broken D.was breaking
解析：考查时态。句意：早晨我们来上班，结果发现有人晚上闯入过办公室。 空格处的动作发生在found之前，故用过去完成时，选B。
答案：B(2)表示由过去的某一时刻开始，一直延续到过去另一
时间的动作或状态，常和for， since构成的时间状语
连用。
He said he had worked in that factory since 1949.
他说自从1949年以来他就在那家工厂工作。[考题印证7]
(2010·江苏高考)— Peter， where did you guys go for the summer vacation？
— We busy with our work for months， so we went to the beach to relax ourselves.
A.were B.have been
C.had been D.will be
解析：考查时态。结合问句中的时态以及答语后半句中的时态可知答语前半句表示的是“过去的过去”，所以用过去完成时。
答案：C(3)在已叙述了过去发生的事情后，反过来追述或补述以
前发生的动作时，常使用过去完成时。
I didn't know a thing about the verbs， for I had not
studied my lesson.
我对动词一无所知，因为我没有好好学习功课。
(4)在含有定语从句的主从复合句中，如果叙述的是过去
的事，先发生的动作常用过去完成时。
I returned the book that I had borrowed.
我已归还了我借的书。(5)有些动词如hope， wish， expect， think， intend，
mean， suppose等，用过去完成时表示“原来打算
做而未做的事”。
We had hoped that you would come， but you didn't.
那时我们希望你能来，但是你没有。(6)用于某些固定句型中，如：It was the
first/second/third ... time ...that sb. had done ...；
Hardly/Scarcely ... when ...， No sooner ... than ...等。
Hardly had we reached home from school when it
began to rain.
我们刚放学回到家就下起了雨。
It was the first time that I had heard her sing.
这是我第一次听她唱歌Ⅰ.用所给动词的适当形式填空
1.It's reported that some villagers living in the forest
(disappear) two days ago.
答案：disappeared
2.We (have) breakfast when he called me up.
答案：were having
3.When I arrived at the station， he (leave).
答案：had left
4.The film (be) on for an hour when I got to the
cinema yesterday.
答案：had been5.Tom (marry) Mary last week. By then，
they (know) each other for eight years.
答案：married； had known
6.It was the third time Lisa (make) such a
mistake.
答案：had made
7.David (hope) to be back yesterday， but he
didn't catch the train.
答案：had hoped8.She (stand) up， (go) to the door，
(lock) the gate and left.
答案：stood； went； locked
9.This time yesterday the professor (give) a
lecture to the senior.
答案：was giving
10.The children (play) hide-and-seek while the
mother (do) the sewing.
答案：were playing； was doingⅡ.单项填空
1.— Has your sister finished her composition yet？
— I have no idea.She it this morning.
A.wrote B.has written
C.had written D.was writing
解析：过去进行时表示过去一段时间内正在进行的动
作。句意：“你姐姐完成了她的作文了吗？”“我不
知道，今天上午她一直都在写。”
答案：D2.(2011·北京高考)— Bob has gone to California.
— Oh， can you tell me when he ？
A.has left B.left
C.is leaving D.would leaving
解析：考查时态。根据句意可知Bob 已经去了
California。因此他离开应是过去的动作，故选B。
答案：B3.Bob would have helped us yesterday， but he .
A.was busy B.is busy
C.had been busy D.will be busy
解析：考查时态。would have done表示本来要做某事，
可是实际上并没有做，是对过去事情的虚拟。此处but说
明实际情况。故用一般过去时。
答案：A4.When I talked with my grandma on the phone， she
sounded weak， but by the time we up， her
voice had been full of life.
A.were hanging B.had hung
C.hung D.would hang
解析：考查时态。此处强调的是在双方挂掉电话的那
个时刻，因此用一般过去时。A项表示“正在挂掉电
话”，显然不正确。
答案：C5.— Were you surprised by the ending of the film？
— No， I the book， so I already knew the
story.
A.was reading B.had read
C.am reading D.have read
解析：考查时态。问句用的是一般过去时，答语的意
思是在此之前已经读过了这本书，所以用过去完成时。
答案：B6.I was just going to cut my rose bushes but someone
it.Was it you？
A.has done B.had done
C.would do D.will do
解析：考查时态。do表示的动作发生在was just
going to cut my rose bushes之前，即“过去的过
去”，故用过去完成时。
答案：B7.Excuse me.I I was blocking your way.
A.didn't realize B.don't realize
C.haven't realized D.wasn't realizing
解析：考查时态。根据第二句后半部分的内容可知，
叙述的是过去的情况，此处表示的是说话之前没有
意识到挡住了对方的路，所以用一般过去时。
答案：A8.Hardly on the bus it drove off.
A.did he get； than B.had he got； when
C.did he get； when D.had he got； than
解析：句意：他刚上公共汽车，公共汽车就开走了。
hardly ...when ...“刚……就……”，hardly放于句首
时，主句用过去完成时且需倒装。
答案：B9.I called Hannah many times yesterday evening， but I
couldn't get through. Her brother on the
phone all the time！
A.was talking B.has been talking
C.has talked D.talked
解析：句意：昨晚我给Hannah打了几次电话都没有
接通，她的哥哥一直在和她通话。过去某个时间正在
发生的动作，用过去进行时。
答案：A10.He a glass while he the table
yesterday.
A.has broken； was cleaning up
B.was breaking； cleaned up
C.had broken； was cleaning up
D.broke； was cleaning up
解析：句意：他昨天收拾桌子时打破了一个杯子。一
个动作在进行，另一个动作突然发生。故选D项。
答案：D 假定你是李明，将与今年七月从兴华外语学校毕业，
你从报纸上得知某公司要招聘一名英文秘书，你很感兴趣。
请给该公司写一封求职信，包括下列要点：
1.年龄；2.学习情况及英语水平；3.兴趣和特长；4.性格特点。
注意：1.词数100左右；2.可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3.开头语和结束语已为你写好。Dear Sir/Madam，
①I learned from the newspaper that your company needs an English secretary.②I'm really interested in this position and hope I can work for you.
③I'm 18 years old and will be graduating from Xinghua Foreign Language School this July.④I'm an excellent student， among the top 5 in my class of 50 students.⑤I'm good at English， especially spoken English.⑥I often use the computer and I type very fast.⑦In my spare time， I read a lot.⑧Poems are my favorite. ⑨I enjoy music very much too.⑩Being an active young person， I like sports and outdoor activities.?Besides， I'm easy to get along with and I like to make friends.
?I would be grateful if you grant me a personal interview.
?I'm looking forward to your reply.
Sincerely yours，
Li Ming第一段：说明信息来源及自己的要求和愿望。
第二段：介绍个人信息。
第三段：表达希望得到回复的迫切心情。①句中宾语后置使得表达更加得体。
③并列句的使用使得句式更加复杂。
⑩现在分词的使用，使得句子表达得更加简洁。
?句中连接副词besides的运用，使过渡衔接自然。 本模块要求写一封求职信。求职信是针对招聘广告而写的。写求职信时要讲究遣词用句，措辞要直接，不拐弯抹角；语言要礼貌，不要过分谦卑。
求职信属于正式信件，一般来说，包括下面五个方面的内容：1.写信动机
通常求职信是针对报纸、网络上的招聘广告而写的。
因此信中须提到何月何日的报纸。有时是从朋友或介
绍所听来的，有时是写信人得知某机构或公司有工作
机会，于是毛遂自荐。不论哪一种，求职信上一定要
说明写信的缘由和目的。
2.自我介绍
写信人应述明自己的年龄、出生年月、教育背景，尤
其是那些与应征职位有关的培训、教育科目、工作经
验或特殊技能等。如无实际经验，略述类似经验亦可。3.本人能力
这部分非常重要，因为它能体现你究竟能为公司做什
么，直接关系到求职的成功与否。但是也要注意一定
要用最少的文字表达最多的意思。
4.结尾
希望并请求未来的雇主给以面谈的机会，因此信中要
表明可以面谈的时间。成功的求职信绝不是虎头蛇尾
的，结尾一定要足够重视。
5.附件
这部分视具体情况而定，如有详细的简历或用人单位
需要的材料附在求职信中时，需要注明。[佳句必背]
1.I wish to apply for the position advertised in the
newspaper of November 12.
2.I am writing in response to your advertisement for ...
3.I learn from your advertisement in ...that you are
looking for a ...
4.I have received an English education，and have a
slight knowledge of Spanish.I took a Spanish course in
college.5.I love and am good at English，which may be
important to the work.
6.At school I won a scholarship and the first prize in a
speech contest.
7.Since leaving school， I have attended Typewriting
and Shorthand classes ...
8.For the past three years， I have been in the office of
the ...Trading Co.， where I have been an
accountant.9.Since my graduation from the school two years ago，
I have been employed in ...Hotel as a cashier.
10.I request an interview， and assure you that if
appointed， I will do my best to give you
satisfaction.
11.Looking forward to your reply.
12.I would be very thankful if you could send me more
information about the post available. 2014年仁川亚运会已进入筹备工作，仁川亚组委现向各地招募志愿者，招募具体情况见海报。 假如你是李华，18岁，现在是济南市某中学高二年级的一名学生。请根据上面的海报给仁川亚组委写回信，应征其中一项自己感兴趣的志愿者工作。
回信中要求包括如下内容：
1.个人信息；2.你的性格特点；3.你的兴趣、爱好、特长；4.你的相关经历。
注意：
1.词数100左右(不含已写好的部分)；
2.内容充实，结构完整，语意连贯Dear 2014 Inchon Asian Games Committee，
I'm writing to apply for a position advertised at your Volunteer Post. I would be interested in working as a(n) I am looking forward to your early reply.
Yours sincerely，
Li Hua[参考范文]
Dear 2014 Inchon Asian Games Committee，
I'm writing to apply for a position advertised at your Volunteer Post. I would be interested in working as a translator. I am Li Hua， an 18-year-old Senior 2 student from a middle school in Jinan， China. When it comes to my character， I am outgoing and friendly， enjoying communicating with people from all walks of life. As for my language ability， one year's study experience in the USA has equipped me with excellent fluency in both spoken and written English. Besides， as a devoted sports fan， I have familiarized myself with the vocabulary of many sports events. I would be very grateful if you grant me a personal interview. If you need to know more about me， please feel free to contact me at any time by phone or email.
I am looking forward to your early reply.
Yours sincerely，
Li Hua课件28张PPT。Module 3 Adventure in Literature and the CinemaSectionⅠ Introduction & Reading —Pre-readingStep
4Step
3Step
2Step
1Step
51.How much do you know about Mark Twain？
2.What do you think of The Adventures of
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain？ The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn begins where the The Adventures of om Sawyer leaves off. At the end of the previous novel， Huck and Tom find a treasure of twelve thousand dollars， which they divide. Judge Thatcher takes their money and invests it in the bank at six percent interest， so that each boy earns a dollar a day on their money. Huck Finn moves in with the Widow Douglas， who has agreed to care for him. Huckleberry Finn is the narrator (讲解员) of this story， and he starts off by describing his life to the reader. After moving in with the Widow Douglas， who buys him new clothes and begins teaching him the Bible， Huck is uncomfortable with all of these， and soon runs away. Tom Sawyer goes after Huck and persuades him to return to the Widow's house after promising that they will start a band of robbers together. Huck agrees to return， but still complains about having to wear new clothes and eat only when the dinner bell rings， something he was not used to while growing up with his Pap. The Widow Douglas teaches Huck the Bible and forbids him from smoking. Her attentions towards him are added to by her sister， Miss Watson， who also lives in the house. Miss Watson is a spinster (未婚女人) who decides that Huck must get an education. She tries to teach him spelling and lectures him on how to behave well so that he will bewelcomed into heaven. Miss Watson warns Huck that if he does not change his ways， he will go to hell. Ironically， Huck finds the description of hell far more enticing and exciting than the description of heaven， and decides he would rather go to hell， but doesn't tell Miss Watson of his decision. That night， Huck goes into his bedroom and lights a candle before falling asleep. At one point， Huck flicks a spider away， and accidentally burns it up in the candle flame， which he thinks is a very bad sign. Huck lies awake until midnight， at which time he hears a soft meow from below his window. The meow is a signal from Tom Sawyer， and Huck replies with a similar meow. He climbs out of the bedroom window and drops to the ground to meet his friend.1.How many types of literature do you know？ Do you like
reading adventurous stories， and can you list some of
them？Classical literature， popular literature， short novel， humorous story， detective story， historical adventure， drama， comedy， tragedy， poetry， biography， science fiction， essay ...
Yes. The Adventures of Tom Sawyer， The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn， Robinson Crusoe， The Adventures of Pinocchi...2. Look at the following pictures and choose the type
of film they belong to.A.disaster B.detective (crime) C.history D.romantic E.adventure F.biography
答案：①D ②B ③E ④F ⑤C ⑥ASkim the passage and number the events in the order they happened.
A.Huck persuaded his friend to help him save the tied man
by taking the men's boat.
B.They climbed onto it and saw a tall man with a gun in his
hand threatening to shoot a tied man lying on the ground.
C.Huck felt sad because he didn't want all three men to die.
D.They found a steamboat by the light of the lightning.
答案：DBACRead the passage carefully and do the following tasks.
Task 1： Choose the best answers according to the text.
1.What does“panicked” in “Jim panicked and ran to
the raft” mean？
A.To affect with panic.
B.To produce demonstrative appreciation.
C.To be affected with panic.
D.To surprise others.2.Who does “He” in the sentence “He sounds as if
he's going to die of fright！” refer to？
A.The man lying on the floor， tied up with rope.
B.The short man with a beard.
C.The tall man with a gun in hand.
D.Jim.3.Why did “I” begin to feel bad about what they had
done？
A.Because the man on the floor looked terrified.
B.Jim didn't want to stay there.
C.Because “I” found the men's boat tied to the other
side of the steamboat.
D.“I” didn't want all three men to die.4.They at last boarded the sinking ship because .
A.they wanted to save their friend
B.they found some mice on the steamboat
C.their raft was broken
D.they thought they might find something useful on the
boat
答案：1.C 2.A 3.D 4.DTask 2： Answer the following questions.
1.What was the weather like after midnight？
There was a big storm after midnight and the
rain poured down.2.Can you guess why the two men wanted to kill the
other man？
Maybe the man knew some important things，
but the two men didn't want others to know.3.What was Huck’s feeling after they stole their boat？
Why？
He began to feel bad about what they had
done.Because he didn't want all three men to die. After midnight it began to 1. down and we had to stay inside the 2. . Suddenly we saw a steamboat in the middle of the river 3. the light of the lightning. We 4. over and climbed onto the sinking steamboat， hoping to get something useful. To our 5. ， we saw a light and heard one man threatened to kill the other man.pourbyshelterpaddledastonishment Jim 6. and ran back to the raft. I remained， feeling 7. about what was happening. Learning that two men wanted to shoot the one lying on the floor， I decided to save the man， so I 8. Jim to help me paddle away the men’s boat 9. to the steamboat. When we were a safe distance away， I began to
10. doing that. panickedcuriousregret tiedpersuaded What do you think happens next？
参考答案：1.Huck went back to help the men.
2.They went to find someone else to help the men.课件64张PPT。Module 3 Adventure in Literature and the CinemaSection Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary语言点一
单词集释
板块语言点二短语荟萃板块语言点三句型解构
板块识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展课时跟踪检测A.根据词性及汉语释义写出单词
1. vt.解决→ n.解答，解决方法
2. n.凶手；谋杀犯→ v.谋杀
3. n.同伴；伙伴→ n.伴随；公司
4. adj.好奇的→ n.求知欲；好奇心
→ adv.好奇地
5. n.恐惧；害怕→ v.惧怕；使惊恐
→ adj.受惊的；害怕的
6. adj.非常害怕的；极度恐慌的→ v.吓
倒；使恐怖 → n.恐惧；惊骇solvesolutionmurderer murder companioncompanycurious curiositycuriouslyfrightfrightenfrightenedterrified terrifyterrorB.根据英文释义及首字母提示写出单词
1. ： (of rain) fall heavily
2. ： to say or write sth. that you know is not true
3. ： a written or spoken description of sth. that
has happened
4. ： a sudden feeling of great fear that cannot be
controlled and prevents you from thinking clearly
5. ： a structure built to give protection， especially
from the weather or from attack
6. ： a person or an animal that travels with
you or spends a lot of time with youpourlieaccountpanicsheltercompanion1.account
(1)n. 叙述；描写；报道；账目；账户
①The policeman gave an account of the traffic accident.
警察叙述了交通事故的经过。
②We delayed our departure on account of the bad
weather.
由于天气不好，我们把启程的时间推迟了。
③On no account should you lose heart.
你决不应该失去信心。 ④His exam results were not very good， but we must
take into account his long illness.
他的考试成绩不是很好，但我们必须考虑到他曾长期
生病。
(2)vi. 解释；说明；占(一定数量或比例)
⑤He could not account for his absence from school.
他无法说清楚为什么旷课。
⑥Accidents involving two women drivers account for
20.5 percent of all crashes.
两个女司机相撞的事故占了20.5%。⑦ 因为，由于
⑧ 决不(位于句首时句子要部分倒装)
⑨ 把……考虑在内
⑩ 解释，说明；占(比例等)on account ofon no accounttake ... into accountaccount for2.lie
[教材P22原句] A man’s angry voice answered，
“You're lying.You said that last time.We're going to kill
you.”
一个男人生气的声音回应道：“你在撒谎，上次你也是
这么说的。我们要杀了你。”
(1)vi. 说谎；撒谎
①Seventy-three percent of the Americans surveyed said
they have never lied about their age.
被调查的73%的美国人说他们从来没有谎报过自己的
年龄。 ②According to a study， in Britain one in three staff say
they their boss when they call in sick.
根据一项调查，在英国，三分之一的员工向他们的老板
打电话请病假是在撒谎。
(2)n.[C] 撒谎(常与动词 tell 搭配)
③His story is nothing but a pack of lies.
他说的纯粹是一堆谎言。
④How can you expect your children to be truthful when
you yourself ？
如果你自己说谎，你怎么能期待你的孩子们诚实呢？lie totell lies躺lie， lay， lain， lie in bed again
撒谎lie， lied， lied， don't be a liar
产蛋lay， laid， laid， a hen laid an egg
放置A boy picked it up， and laid it in the bag. 3.panic
[教材P22原句] When he heard these words， Jim
panicked and ran to the raft.
当吉姆听到这些话时，他惊慌了并跑向木筏。
?(1)vt.(使)恐慌；(使)惊慌失措
①The thunder panicked the horse.
雷声使马受惊了。panic sb. into doing sth.
使某人(因惊惶)仓促做某事 ②We will not making a decision in haste.
我们不会惊慌失措地草率作出决定。 be panicked into(2) n. 惊慌；恐慌③I got into a panic when I found the door was locked.
我发觉门锁上了，十分惊慌。
④The crowd ran out in a panic.
群众惊慌失措地跑出去。
⑤ ， he began to throw water on the burning pan of oil.
慌乱中，他开始用水浇起火的油锅。In panic4.curious adj.好奇的，奇特的，求知欲强的
[教材P22原句] But although I was frightened， I also
felt very curious， so I put my head round the door.
而尽管我很害怕，但还是感到十分好奇，于是就把头凑
向了那扇门。①Children are naturally curious about everything around
them.
孩子们自然地会对周围的每一件事感到好奇。
②A student should always .
学生应该始终具有强烈的求知欲。
③Such words， you may imagine， strongly excited my curiosity.
你可以想象得到，这一番言词激起了我强烈的好奇。
④He opened the letter addressed to his sister .
他出于好奇拆开了写给他妹妹的信。be curious to learnout of curiosity5.fright n.恐惧，害怕
[教材P23原句] “He sounds as if he's going to die of
fright！” I thought. “I have to find a way to save him！”
“听起来他就要吓死了，”我想，“我得设法去救他。”
①I used to suffer from stage fright before I gave a lecture.
我过去在作演讲前经常怯场。
②He cried out in fright as the dark figure approached.
那个黑影向他逼近，他吓得叫了出来。
③The loud thunder gave me a fright.
这声响雷吓了我一大跳。④We were at the story he told vividly.
我们都被他娓娓讲述的恐怖故事吓住了。frightenedfrighteningⅠ.单词拼写
1. His father gave him $150 to start off his bank (账
户).
答案：account
2.Those who (撒谎) and cheat will never get away
with it.
答案：lie
3. He is a (好奇的) boy who is always asking
questions.
答案：curious4. He got such a (惊吓) that his heart nearly
stopped beating.
答案：fright
5. With the help of his friends， he finally (解决)
the problem.
答案：solved
6.We took (遮蔽) from the rain in a nearby bar.
答案：shelter
7. A (传记) of someone is an account of his/her life，
written by someone else.
答案：biography8. Geoff was my (同伴) on the journey.
答案：companion
9. We are not supposed to live in a (幻想)
world.
答案：fantasy
10. That boy stood still， too (极度恐慌的)
to breathe.
答案：terrifiedⅡ.单项填空
1.Shoppers fled the street after two bombs
exploded in central London.
A. in surprise B. in proud
C. in panic D. in silence
解析：句意：两颗炸弹在伦敦市中心爆炸后，购物的
人们惊慌地逃离了这条街道。in panic“惊慌地”。
答案：C2.Look at his look.It seems as if he had met a
tiger.
A.frightened； frightening
B.frightening； frightened
C.frightened； frightened
D.frightening； frightening
解析：句意：看他害怕的表情， 他好像碰到了吓人的
老虎一样。frightened“害怕的”；frightening“令人
害怕的”。
答案：A3.Linda gave us a vivid of her trip to Mount
Lushan after her return.
A.account B.explanation
C.imagination D.direction
解析：考查名词辨析。句意：琳达从庐山观光回来
之后，给我们做了生动的叙述。account“叙述，描
写”；explanation“解释”；imagination“想像”；
direction“方向”。
答案：A4.The man there that he had
the money on the table.
A.lying； lay； laid B.laying； lied； lain
C.lying； lied； laid D.laying； laid； lain
解析：句意：躺在那儿的那个人撒谎说把钱放在桌子上了。
第一空作定语，表示“躺在那儿”，应用lie(躺)的现在分
词lying；第二空是主句中的谓语动词，表示“撒谎”，用
lie(说谎)的过去式lied；第三空是从句中的谓语动词，并且
是过去完成时，应用lay(放置)的过去分词laid。
答案：C5.Some parents are just too protective. They want to
their kids from every kind of danger， real or imagined.
A.spot B.dismiss
C.shelter D.distinguish
解析：句意：一些父母保护意识太强，他们想保护孩子远
离各种危险，包括真实的和想象的。根据上句Some
parents are just too protective.可知后面要说父母们想庇护
孩子们不受到任何伤害。shelter作动词可表示“保护，庇
护”；spot“弄脏，认出，发现，定位”；dismiss“开除，
使解散”；distinguish“区别”。
答案：C6.She is to know what has happened， so she is
going to ask her neighbors.
A.curious B.prepared
C.worried D.nervous
解析：be curious to do“对做……感到好奇”；be
prepared to do“准备好去做……”；be worried后常接
about，“为……担心”；be nervous to do“神经兮兮
做……，着急去做……”。句意：她好奇地要知道发生
了什么事，所以她要去问她的邻居。根据句意，故选A项。
答案：A1.have connection 与……有联系/关联
2.run 逃跑
3.ahead 在……前面，提前
4.pour 倾盆而下
5. one's astonishment 令某人吃惊的是
6.have enough 受够了……
7.die fright 惊吓而死
8.persuade sb. sth. 说服某人做某事withawayofdownto ofofto do1.have connection with与……有联系/有关联
[教材P21原句] a story which has no connection with
reality
一个和现实毫无关联的故事
①His illness must have some connection with his diet.
他的病想必与他的饮食有关。②I am writing to you your job application.
此信是有关你求职一事的。
③Dad， this broken vase has nothing to do with me， but it just might have something to do with Susan.
爸爸，这个打破的花瓶跟我不相干，不过可能和苏珊有关系。in connection with④Your cough is connected with your bathing with cool water.
你咳嗽与你用凉水洗澡有关。
⑤People's understanding of the rule of law is related their educational level.
法制观念与人们的文化素质有关。to2.run away(秘密地)逃跑，逃离；突然离开
[教材P21原句] Huckleberry Finn (or just Huck) is a
teenage boy who has run away from home.
哈克贝利·费恩是一个离家出走的少年。
①When he got back home he apologized and
promised that he would never run away again.
他回家以后，表示道歉，并且保证以后再也不跑了。②I ran into an old schoolfriend at the supermarket this morning.
今天早上我在超市碰见了一个老校友。
③Let's carry on with the work even though we may
still greater difficulties.
让我们继续做这项工作，即使可能会遇到更大的困难。
④Do your homework before you time.
在你还有时间时做你的家庭作业吧。run intorun out of3. to one's astonishment令某人吃惊的是
[教材P22原句] To our astonishment， there was a
light in one of the cabins.
令我们吃惊的是，有间船舱里还亮着一盏灯。
①To her astonishment， the bank charged her 6 yuan
as “counting fee”.
令她吃惊的是，银行竟然向她收取了6元的“点钞费”② ， his dream of becoming a soldier will come true.
使他高兴的是，他成为一名士兵的愿望将要实现。
③ ， the prices of houses have gone down ever since the beginning of this year.
使他失望的是，从今年年初开始，房价一直在跌。
④To our great surprise， surveys show that adults need toys much more than kids！
让我们非常吃惊的是，调查显示成年人比孩子更渴望玩具！To his joyTo his disappointmentⅠ.选词填空1. I his bad temper.
答案：have enough of
2. His dismissal the quality of his work.
答案：has no connection with
3. Thirty million people starvation each year.
答案：die ofto one's astonishment， run away， have enough of， have no connection with， die of 4. ， it turned out that the stranger was an old
friend of my mother's.
答案：To our astonishment
5. She from the room when the kidnapper was
asleep.
答案：ran awayⅡ.单项填空
1.Jane has had of her husband and has made
up her mind to leave him.
A.enough B.none
C.nothing D.some
解析：句意：简受够了她的丈夫，决定离开他。have
enough of “受够了……”。
答案：A2.Mr. Green has never smoked any more since his wife
him to give it up.
A.wanted B.persuaded
C.advised D.suggested
解析：考查动词用法辨析。want“想，希望”；
persuade“说服”；advise“劝告”；suggest“建议”。
句意：从他妻子说服他戒烟后，格林先生就再没有抽烟了。
答案：B3.He hated his stepfather and eventually home.
A.run away from B.runs away
C.ran away D.ran away from
解析：run away“逃跑”，run away from“从……逃
跑”。前面时态是一般过去时，排除A、B两项。根据短
语搭配选择D项。句意：他恨他的继父，最终离家出走了。
答案：D4.The doctor says that maybe his disease has with
the water he drinks.
A.separation B.relativity
C.combination D.connection
解析：句意：医生说或许他的病与他喝的水有关。have
connection with“与……有关”，符合句意。Separation
“分离”；relativity“相对性，相对论”；combination
“联合”。
答案：D5. ， all the students have covered the 5 kilometers
and no one quit on the half way.
A.To their sorrow B.To their shame
C.To their joy D.To their disappointment
解析：句意：令他们感到高兴的是，所有的学生都跑完
了5,000米，没有一个人半路退出。to one's joy“使某人
感到高兴的是”，符合句意。
答案：C1.[句型展示] “It looks as if it'll go under soon，”
Jim said， after a couple of minutes.
“看起来它快沉了，”过了一会儿，吉姆说。
[典例背诵] It looks as if it is going to rain.
天好像要下雨似的。2.[句型展示] So we paddled over and climbed on to the
steamboat， keeping as quiet as mice.
于是我们把木筏划了过去，像耗子一样悄无声息地爬
上了汽船。
[典例背诵] The children surrounded the teacher，
listening attentively to her story.
孩子们围着老师，认真地听她讲故事。“It looks as if it'll go under soon，” Jim said， after a couple of minutes.
“看起来它快沉了，”过了一会儿，吉姆说。
(1)句中as if引导的是一个表语从句，表示从句中的情
况发生的可能性较大，用的是陈述语气。
①It looks as if someone has already been here.
看起来已经有人来过这里了。
②It looks the water has been badly polluted.
看起来好像河水已经被严重污染了。as if(2)as if也可引导方式状语从句。
当说话人认为as if引导的从句所陈述的不是真实的情况
或发生的可能性很小时，从句用虚拟语气。若是对现在
的虚拟，从句用一般过去时；对过去的虚拟，从句用过
去完成时；对将来的虚拟，从句的谓语用“would＋动
词原形”。
③She behaves as if she were a child.
她的举止像孩子一样。
④He talked about the Eiffel Tower as if he it
for himself.
他说起埃菲尔铁塔就好像亲眼见过似的。had seen完成句子
1. He behaves (好像) he had no common sense.
2. When I passed by， I (听
见他在弹钢琴).
3. He sent me an e-mail， (希望) to get further
information.
as ifheard him playing the pianohoping4. (虽然) I do complain a bit， I actually
like being a student.
5. Tom remembers the whole thing as if it (发
生) yesterday.
Although/Thoughhappened点击此图片进入“课时跟踪检测”课件78张PPT。Module 3 Adventure in Literature and the CinemaSection Ⅲ Other Parts of the Module语言点一单词集释板块语言点二短语荟萃板块语言点三句型解构板块课时跟踪检测识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展语篇理解课文自读
板块应用
.
落实Ⅰ.True (T) or False (F).
1.Mark Twain's life didn't resemble the life of the
characters he created. ( )
2.Mark Twain led an adventurous life when he was
young. ( )
3.Mark Twain was good at describing the life on the
river. ( )
答案：1.F 2.T 3.TⅡ.Read the passage “The Life of Mark Twain” and choose the best answers.
1.From the text， we can know that .
A.Mark Twain was a college student
B.Mark Twain was born in a rich family and his
father left him a lot of fortune
C.Mark Twain left school early and he went to make
his own fortune
D.Mark Twain started writing early and made his
fortune in California2.Mark Twain decided to take a boat to the Amazon .
A.because he could write the book The Adventures of
Huckleberry Finn there
B.because he wanted to meet Huckleberry Finn there
C.and he arrived in the South America as he wished
D.but he found no boats there at all and so he had to
change his plan3.From the last paragraph， we know that .
A.Mark Twain started writing when he was still young
B.what Mark Twain started writing about was the life
on the river
C.the author of this text has no interest in Mark
Twain's stories
D.the author believes Mark Twain is still alive4.From the passage we can see that .
A.like many writers， Mark Twain wrote his stories on
the basis of his own experiences
B.Mark Twain was famous for his stories only in the last
century
C.Mark Twain was famous as an American writer and he
grew up in Canada
D.Mark Twain used to be a traveler who collected
materials for his writing
答案：1.C 2.D 3.B 4.AA.根据词性及汉语释义写出单词
1. n. 外形；轮廓
2. n. 虚构或幻想出来的事
3. n. (影视、音乐)评论
4. n. 例外
5. vt. 强迫；迫使outlinefictionreviewexceptionforce6. adj. (描述)生动的；逼真的
7. n. 名誉；名望；声望
8. vt.塑造；创作→ n.创造
→ adj.创造的；有创造力的
9. adj.坚决的→ v.决心
→ n.决心
vividreputationcreatecreationcreativedetermineddeterminedeterminationB.词义配对
1. comedy A. break the rest， concentration or
calm of (sb./sth.)
2. disturb B. light or amusing play or film，
usually with a happy ending
3. establish C. to look like or be similar to another
person or thing4. resemble D. not deep
5. warn E. give sb. notice of sth.， esp
possible danger
6. shallow F. to start or create an organization， a
system， etc.
答案：1.B 2.A 3.F 4.C 5.E 6.D1.disturb vt.打扰；搅乱，弄乱；使焦虑
[教材P25原句] “Who is it disturbing me at this time
of night？ ” said the captain.
“深更半夜的是谁在打扰我？”船长问。
①They took the phone off the hook so no calls would
disturb them.
他们摘下电话听筒，以免电话打扰他们。
②Don't disturb the papers on my desk.
别把我写字台上的文件弄乱了。③She was disturbed to hear of her mother's sudden
illness.
她获悉母亲得急病后感到心神不安disturb， interrupt[自填助记]
①We have to you，because your speech has gone beyond the time limit.
②Playing with mobile phones in class can other students' study.interruptdisturb2.warn vt.警告；提醒
[教材P29原句] “Mark Twain”， which means
“watermark two”， was a call used by sailors on the
Mississippi to warn shipmates that they were coming into
shallow water.
“马克·吐温”意思是“水深二英尺”，这是密西西比河
上的水手们用来警告正在进入浅水区(安全通行)的同船
水手们的口号。①They were warned not to climb the mountain in such bad weather.
已经劝过他们天气这么恶劣不要攀登那座山。
②Earth Day was founded to warn people of/about the dangers to the environment.
地球日的建立是告诫人们环境危机的状况。
③The doctor warned us aAgainst overtiring the patient.
医生告诫我们不要让病人过度疲劳。
④Experts warn smokers that they could lose one third of their everyday memory.
专家们告诫烟民他们可能会丧失三分之一的日常记忆。⑤warn sb. sth. 警告某人某事
⑥warn sb. (doing) sth. 警告某人提防某事
⑦warn sb. sth. 警告某人(不)做某事of/aboutagainst(not) to do3.determined adj.坚决的，有决心的；果断的
[教材P29原句] He left school early， and as an
adolescent， determined to make his fortune in South
America， set off from his home in Hannibal，
Missouri，for New Orleans.
他很早就离开了学校，还是青少年时就下决心要去南美
洲碰运气，于是他离开家乡密苏里州的汉尼拔，动身去
了新奥尔良。①She gave me a determined
look — the kind that said she
would not change her mind.
她给了我一个坚决的表情——那
种表明她不会改变主意的表情。
②We were determined that we should never allow such things to happen again.
我们决定这种事情决不允许再发生。③We are determined to fulfill the task， whatever happens.
不管发生什么了，我们决心完成任务。
④How can scientists determine which view is correct？
科学家如何确认哪一种看法才是正确的？
⑤I have determined on/upon setting up my own business after graduation.
我已决定毕业后建立自己的事业。4.force
(1) vt.强迫；迫使
①The president was forced into resigning/to resign.
主席被迫辞职。
②He was forced to leave school and support his family
at an early age.
他在早年不得不辍学养家。(2)n.力量；力；武力
③The force of the explosion broke all the windows in
the building.
爆炸的力量震碎了这座建筑上的所有窗户。
④But I do not want to open it now by force.
但是我眼下不愿硬把它打开。⑤force sb. to do sth./into doing sth.
⑥ 靠武力，强行迫使某人做某事by forceⅠ.单词拼写
1.The (力) of gravity pulls things towards the
earth's centre.
答案：force
2.If you get up early， try not to (打扰)
everyone else.
答案：disturb
3.Climbers are brave people， and Robert is no
(例外).
答案：exception4.Shakespeare (塑造) many tragedy characters.
答案：created
5.I think the setting for this musical (喜剧) is good.
答案：comedy
6.These fish are found in (浅的) waters around the
coast.
答案：shallow
7.They (与……相似) each other in shape but not in
color.
答案：resemble 8.He gave a (栩栩如生的) account of his life as
a fighter pilot.
答案：vivid
9.His second novel (确立) his fame as a writer.
答案：established
10.The company enjoys a world-wide (名声)
for quality of design.
答案：reputationⅡ.单项填空
1.The mother opened the door quietly in case she
should her sleeping son.
A.upset B.interrupt
C.disturb D.establish
解析：句意：母亲悄悄地打开门以防打扰正在睡觉
的儿子。disturb“打扰”，符合句意。upset“使心
烦意乱”；interrupt“打断”；establish“确立”，
均与句意不符。
答案：C2.Don't worry if you don't understand everything. The
teacher will the main points at the end.
A.recover B.review
C.require D.remember
解析：句意：有不理解的也不用担心，最后老师还会
对主要的知识点进行复习的。review“复习”，符合
句意。
答案：B3.Everyone must obey his orders and Mr. Wang， our
headmaster， was no .
A.exception B.expectation
C.experience D.expression
解析：句意：所有人都得遵从他的命令，我们的王校长也
不例外。be no exception“……不例外”，符合句意。
答案：A4.My father warned me going to the West
Coast because it was crowded with tourists.
A.by B.on
C.for D.against
解析：句意：我父亲告诫我不要去西海岸，因为那里
挤满了游客。warn sb. against doing sth.相当于warn
sb. not to do sth，意思是“告诫某人不要做某事”。
答案：D 5.Due to the heavy rain and flooding， ten million people
have been forced their homes.
A.leaving B.to leave
C.to be left D.being left
解析：句意：因为大雨和洪水，一千万人被迫离开他
们的家园。force sb. to do sth.“迫使某人做某事”。
答案：B6.I'm not surprised that he became a writer. Even as a
child he had a imagination.
A.clear B.cautious
C.funny D.vivid
解析：句意：他成为一名作家我并不奇怪，甚至当他很
小时，他就有活跃的想象力。vivid“(指头脑)活跃的，
富有创造性的”，符合句意。clear“清晰的”；
cautious“谨慎的”；funny“滑稽的”。
答案：D7. to give up smoking， he threw away his
cigarettes.
A.Determined； remained B.Determined；remaining
C.Determining； remained D.Determining；remaining
解析：形容词短语determined to do sth.在句中作
原因状语， remaining“剩余的，剩下的”，作定语。
答案：B1.make 编造(说法，解释等)；组成
2.be the mood sth. 有意(做某事)；有(做某事
的)心情
3.set ... 设置(戏剧，小说等的)背景
4.set 出发；启程
5.out of 上气不接下气
6.play a trick sb. 捉弄某人，对某人恶作剧upinforinoffbreathon7. one's fortune 发财
8.get a move 赶快
9.make one's (辛苦地)前进，前行
10.hang a minute 稍等片刻
11.to start 首先
12.lead a ... 过着……的生活makeonwayonwithlife1.play a trick on sb.捉弄某人，对某人恶作剧
[教材P24原句] He particularly enjoyed playing a
trick on the three men.
他特别喜欢捉弄这三个人。
①If the children don't get a treat， they will play a
trick on the people.
如果孩子得不到招待，他们将开这些人的玩笑。
②It's bad manners the disabled.
捉弄残疾人是没有礼貌的。to play a trick on③ I cannot bear to .
我无法忍受被人愚弄。
④Sometimes the boys would play a joke on their teacher.
有时孩子们常要对他们的老师开个玩笑。
⑤He put on a lot of weight， and this gave the kids something more to make fun of him.
他的体重大增，而这又给了孩子们更多可以用来取笑他的话题。be made a fool of2.make up
[教材P25原句] I decided to go to the next village
and make up a story about the steamboat.
我决定去下一个村子，并且编造一个有关这艘汽艇
的故事。①They quarreled with each other but soon made up.
②The audience was made up of young children.
③We still need 100 dollars to make up the sum required.
④She spent an hour making (herself) up before the party.
⑤I couldn’t remember a story to tell the children， so I made
one up as I went along. 和好组成补足化妆编造3.be/feel in the mood for sth./to do sth. 有意(做某事)；有
(做某事的)心情
[教材P26原句] Which film doesn't Billy feel in the
mood for？
比利不想看哪部电影？
①If you are not in the mood for fish， you can have beef.
如果没有心情吃鱼，你可以吃牛肉。
②She was have a romantic walk in the
woods.
她想在树林里浪漫地走一走。in the mood to③He's in no mood for (telling) jokes/to tell jokes.
他没心情说笑话.
④He was always and always had something positive to say.
他总是心情愉快，总能说出积极的话来。in a good moodⅠ.选词填空1.If you want to catch that train， you'd better
for the station immediately.
答案：set off
2.The story the Pacific Northwest of the United
States.
答案：is set in3.It is said that he by selling waste materials.
答案：made his fortune
4. ， we haven't enough money， and
secondly we're too busy.
答案：To start with5. I sometimes like listening to blue music， but I have
to it.
答案：be in the mood for
6.Watching the old man， the naughty boy decided to
him.
答案：play a trick onⅡ.单项填空
1. Reminded not to miss the flight at 15：30， the
manager for the airport in a hurry.
A.set off B.set about
C.set aside D.set down
解析：句意：被提醒不要误了下午3：30的飞机，经理
急忙赶往机场。set off“动身，启程”，与句意相符。
set about“着手做某事”；set aside“留出”；set
down“写下来”，均与句意不符。
答案：A2. American Indians about five percent of the US
population.
A.fill up B.bring up
C.make up D.set up
解析：句意：美洲印第安人约占美国人口的5%。make
up“占(比例)”，与句意相符。fill up“充满”；bring
up“养育，提高”；set up“建立”，均与句意不符。
答案：C3.Don't tricks me just because I am
shorter than you.
A.make； of B.play； of
C.make； on D.play； on
解析：句意：不要仅仅因为我比你矮就捉弄我。play a
trick/tricks on sb.“捉弄某人”。
答案：D4. Jim is well-known for his great sense of humor， but
he is in no for telling jokes today.
A.mood B.emotion
C.attitude D.feeling
解析：句意：吉姆以他出色的幽默感闻名，但他今
天没有心情讲笑话。be in no mood for doing sth.“没
有做某事的心情或兴致”。
答案：A5.In the 18th century， many people went to California to
seek their .
A.luck B.fortune
C.chance D.fate
解析：句意：在18世纪，很多人去加利福尼亚寻找致富
及成功之道。seek one's fortune“寻找致富及成功之道”。
答案：B6.— Mary， you are wanted on the phone.
— I'm coming.
A.Get a move on. B. Hello.
C. Hang on a minute. D.Who is that？
解析：Hang on a minute“等一会儿”，与语境相符。
选项A的意思是“赶快”；选项B是打招呼用语；选项
D在电话用语中意思是“您是谁”。
答案：C1.[句型展示] He arrived in New Orleans without a
penny in his pocket only to find that there were no
boats for South America.
他身无分文地来到新奥尔良时，却发现那里没有开
往南美洲的船了。
[典例背诵] In doing so they are lifting a rock only
to drop it on their own feet.
他们这样做是搬起石头砸自己的脚。2.[句型展示] Forced to change his plans， he worked for several years as a pilot on a steamboat， taking passengers up and down the Mississippi ...
他被迫改变了计划，在一艘汽船上做了几年领航员，带着乘客穿梭在密西西比河上……
[典例背诵] Greatly encouraged， we made up our minds to carry on the hard work.
由于受到很大的鼓励，我们决心将艰苦的工作继续做下去。1. He arrived in New Orleans without a penny in his
pocket only to find that there were no boats for South
America.
他身无分文地来到新奥尔良时，却发现那里没有开往南
美洲的船了。
本句中的动词不定式短语only to find that there were no
boats for South America在句中作结果状语，表示意料
之外的结果。
①She turned up the driveway， only to find her way
blocked.
她开上汽车道，不料发现路已被堵。②He woke up everyone gone.
他醒来时发现大家都走了。
③The fire lasted nearly a month， leaving nothing valuable.
大火持续了近一个月，几乎没剩下有用的东西。only to find2. Forced to change his plans ， he worked for several
years as a pilot on a steamboat， taking passengers up
and down the Mississippi ...
他被迫改变了计划，在一艘汽船上做了几年领航员，
带着乘客穿梭在密西西比河上……
句中过去分词短语Forced to change his plans作原因状
语，句子的主语与之在逻辑上存在被动关系。过去分
词短语作状语在句中还可以表示时间、条件、伴随状
况等。①Moved by his speech， many people volunteered to help with the work.
被他的演讲打动了，很多人志愿帮助做这份工作。
②Asked about her family， the film star made no answer. (过去分词作时间状语)
当被问及她的家庭时，这位影星没有作答。③ ， the flowers could have grown better. (过去分词作条件状语)
如果给予更多的关注，这些花能够生长得更好。
④The manager stood by the window， . (过去分词作伴随状语)
经理站在窗户旁边，陷入了沉思。Given more attentionlost in thought句型转换
1. Because he was caught in a heavy rain， he had a high
fever soon after he got back.
→ in a heavy rain， he had a high fever soon
after he got back.
答案：Caught
2. If they are provided enough tools， they can complete the
task ahead of time.
→ enough tools， they can complete the task
ahead of time.
答案：Provided3. She walked so slowly that she couldn't keep up with us.
→She walked slowly keep up with us.
答案：too； to
4. He woke up but found himself in hospital.
→He woke up only himself in hospital.
答案：to find
5.The heavy rain lasted for 3 days， and caused floods in that
area.
→The heavy rain lasted for 3 days， floods in that
area.
答案：causing点击此图片进入“课时跟踪检测”课件65张PPT。Module 3 Adventure in Literature and the CinemaSection Ⅳ Grammar and Writing写作讲座
影评语法讲座
复习动词形式（3）考点精析专
题
练
习佳
作
观
摩技法指导专
题
练
习 本模块重点复习不定式作宾语和宾语补足语的用法，动词的-ing形式作宾语和宾语补足语的用法，动词-ed形式和动词-ing形式作定语和表语的用法，以及连系动词。一、不定式作宾语和宾语补足语的用法
1.不定式作宾语
后跟不定式作宾语的常见动词有：afford， agree，
determine， decide， promise， ask， expect， refuse，
offer， want， wish， hope， plan， pretend等。
I can't afford to buy the house.
我买不起这个房子。
He offered to lend me a hand.
他主动提出帮我一个忙。[记忆口诀]
决心学会想希望，拒绝设法愿假装。
主动答应选计划，同意要求帮一帮。
2.不定式作宾语补足语
(1)下列动词的宾语后常用不定式作宾补：force， beg，
allow， wish， intend， expect， encourage， advise，
persuade， permit， warn等。变为被动语态后，宾语
补足语就成了主语补足语。
My parents didn't allow me to smoke.
我父母不允许我吸烟。[考题印证1]
(2011·天津高考)Passengers are permitted only one piece of hand luggage onto the plane.
A.to carry B.carrying
C.to be carried D.being carried
解析：考查非谓语动词。句意：乘客只允许携带一个手提行李包登机。本句用的结构是sb.be permitted to do sth.，故选A项。
答案：A(2)在hear， let， have， make， see， look at， notice，
watch， observe等词后的不定式常省略“to”。
I often hear him sing that song.
我经常听到他唱那首歌。
[记忆口诀]
吾(五)看三室(使)一厅(听)
[点津] 这种句子变成被动语态时，省掉的“to”需要还
原。
He is often heard to sing that song.
人们经常听到他唱那首歌。(3)“to be＋形容词”作宾语补足语，此类结构
常用在find， think， consider， believe，
suppose， know， understand等词后。
I never expected him to be so determined.
我从没料到他是如此坚决。二、动词-ing形式作宾语和宾语补足语的用法
1.动词-ing形式作宾语
只能用动词的-ing形式作宾语的常见动词或词组有：admit，
appreciate， avoid， consider， delay， enjoy， escape，
finish， lead to， imagine， keep， mention， mind，
miss， practise， suggest， risk， give up， put off，
can't help(情不自禁)， can't stand (无法忍受)， be fond of，
look forward to等。
He suggested putting off the meeting.
他建议推迟会议。 [记忆口诀]
学英语，很容易，
坚持练习不逃避，建议完成少延期，
享受忍受不介意，避免否定与妒忌，
思考冒险想象力，承认过错原谅你。[考题印证2]
(2011·四川高考)Lydia doesn' t feel like abroad.Her parents are old.
A.study B.studying
C.studied D.to study
解析：考查非谓语动词。 feel like sth./doing sth.“想要某物， 想要做某事”。 句意： Lydia 不想出国学习， 她的父母都上年纪了。
答案：B2.动词的-ing形式作宾语补足语
后跟动词的-ing形式作宾语补足语的常见动词有：see，
hear， notice， watch， keep， find， feel， get，
have， leave等。
I saw a girl running into the room.
我看见一个女孩跑进了房间。[考题印证3]
(2010·湖南高考)Listen！ Do you hear someone for help？
A.calling B.call
C.to call D.called
解析：考查非谓语动词。由listen可知，此处用hear sb. doing sth.“听到某人正在做某事”，calling在句中是现在分词作宾补。
答案：A3.动词不定式和动词-ing形式作宾语的区别
动词不定式作宾语往往指具体的或一次性的行为，而动词
-ing形式则指概括性、经常性的动作或体验，有些动词既
可跟动词不定式也可跟动词-ing形式作宾语，但有时意义
差别很大。[考题印证4]
(2009·陕西高考)I still remember to the Famen Temple and what I saw there.
A.to take B.to be taken
C.taking D.being taken解析：考查非谓语动词。remember to do sth.“记得要做某事(该事情未发生)”；remember doing sth.“记得做过某事
(该事情已经发生)”。依据后文的“what I saw there”可知这里说的是记得已经发生的事情；再者take的宾语就是句子的主语，二者间是动宾关系，用被动形式，所以选being taken。
答案：D4.动词不定式和动词-ing形式作宾补的区别
在see， hear， feel， watch， notice等动词后，既可以用“动词-ing”形式作宾补，又可以用不定式作宾补，两者有时是有区别的。用动词-ing形式，表示动作正在发生，即处于发生的过程中，还没有结束。用不定式作宾补时，表示动作已发生了，即动作全过程结束了。— Do you hear someone knocking at the door？ (Someone is knocking at the door.)
你听见有人在敲门吗？
— Yes， I did. I heard him knock three times.
是的，我听见了。我听见有人敲了三次。 三、动词-ing和动词-ed作定语的用法
1.动词-ing作定语与被修饰词之间是主动或进行关系；动词
-ed作定语与被修饰词之间是被动或完成关系。
The person standing over there is my elder brother.
站在那儿的那个人是我的哥哥。
This is the money collected for the project.
这是为这个项目募集到的钱。[考题印证5]
5－1(2011·全国卷Ⅰ)The next thing he saw was smoke
from behind the house.
A.rose B.rising
C.to rise D.risen解析： 分析句子结构可知，所填词在句中作定语，被修饰的名词smoke与之存在主动关系。
答案：B5－2(2011·湖南高考)The players from the whole
country are expected to bring us honor in this summer game.
A.selecting B.to select
C.selected D.having selected
解析：分析句子结构可知，被修饰词The players(主语)与所填词引导的短语之间存在被动关系。
答案：C 2.某些具有使动意义的动词-ed形式表示心理感受或心理
状态，常被译作“感到……的”。
frightened“感到害怕的；害怕的”，disappointed“感到失望的；失望的”。而其-ing形式常表示事物的性质特征，常译作“令人感到……的，令人……的”，如embarrassing“令人尴尬的”。四、动词-ing形式和动词-ed形式作表语的用法
动词-ing作表语表示主语的性质；动词-ed作表语表示主
语所处的状态或主语的感受。
The music is much pleasing to the ear.
这段音乐非常悦耳。
They are satisfied with their present job.
他们对现在的工作很满意。[考题印证6]
(2009·四川高考) Ladies and gentlemen， please remain
until the plane has come to a complete stop.
A.seated B.seating
C.to seat D.seat
解析：过去分词seated在句中作表语，表示“坐着的”
这一状态，seat与ladies and gentlemen为动宾关系。
其实seated也可以看作过去分词转化而来的形容词。
答案：A五、连系动词
1.状态系动词：用来表示主语的状态，也叫be动词。
Tom is an engineer.
汤姆是一名工程师。
2.持续系动词：用来表示主语继续或保持一种状况或态度，
主要有keep， rest， remain， stay， lie， stand等。
He always kept silent at meeting.
他开会时总保持沉默。3.表象系动词：用来表示“看起来像”这一概念，主要有
seem， appear， look等。
He looks tired.
他看起来很累。
4.感官系动词：感官系动词主要有feel， smell， sound，
taste等。
This kind of cloth feels very soft.
这种布手感很软。 5.变化系动词：这些系动词主要表示主语变成什么样，变
化系动词主要有become， grow， turn， make， fall，
get， go， come， run等。
He became mad after that.
从那之后，他疯了。
6.终止系动词：表示主语已终止动作，主要有prove， turn
out等。
Her plan turned out a success.
她的计划终于成功了。Ⅰ.用所给词的适当形式填空
1.I avoided (mention) the subject in case he should
be offended.
答案：mentioning
2.— Do you know anything about the meeting
(hold) in Beijing？
— Yes， and as a matter of fact I attended it.
答案：held3.Few had expected the result (be) as
(surprise) as it turned out to be.
答案：to be； surprising
4.On her way home， Kate found a wallet (lie) on
the ground and picked it up.
答案：lying
5.Don't forget (turn) off the gas after an hour or so.
答案：to turn
6.If we mean (catch) the early bus， that
means (get) up before five.
答案：to catch； getting
7.The actor was so (interest) that he had us
(laugh) all the time when we were chatting.
答案：interesting； laughing
8.He is a businessman (deal) in Chinese crafts.
答案：dealing Ⅱ.单项填空
1.Some people eat with their eyes. They prefer to order
what nice.
A.looks B.smells
C.feels D.tastes
解析：根据第一句中的“with their eyes”可推出，
“他们更喜欢点看起来不错的饭菜”。
答案：A2.In April， thousands of holidaymakers remained
abroad due to the volcanic ash cloud.
A.sticking B.stuck
C.to be stuck D.to have stuck
解析：句意：因为火山灰，在四月份，有成千上万
的度假者依然滞留在国外。句中remain用作系动词，
后接形容词化的过去分词stuck作表语。
答案：B 3.No one enjoys .
A.playing a trick on B.being played a trick on
C.to be played a trick on D.to play a trick on
解析：enjoy后跟名词、代词或动词-ing形式作宾语，故C、D两项不正确。play a trick on sb.“取笑/捉弄某人”。A项中缺少宾语。故选B。
答案：B4.— Can those at the back of the classroom hear
me？
— No problem.
A.seat B.sit
C.seated D.sat
解析：seated在这里用作后置定语(＝sitting)，修饰those。
答案：C5.(2011·福建高考)Tsinghua University， in
1911，is home to a great number of outstanding figures.
A.found B.founding
C.founded D.to be founded
解析：考查非谓语动词。found 与 Tsinghua University
之间存在着动宾关系，所以用其过去分词形式，表示被
动意义。此处用 founded， 相当于 which was founded。
答案：C6.(2011·山东高考)Look over there — there’s a very long，
winding path up to the house.
A.leading B.leads
C.led D.to lead
解析：考查非谓语动词。lead up to 在此处意为“通
向”，与path是逻辑上的主谓关系。分析句子成分可
知此处是现在分词短语作后置定语，修饰path，相当
于which leads up to。
答案：A7.Michael put up a picture of Yao Ming beside the bed to
keep himself of his own dreams.
A.reminding B.to remind
C.reminded D.remind
解析：分析句子结构可知，keep的复合宾语结构中宾语与
宾补之间存在被动关系。
答案：C8.The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street， but his
mother told him .
A.not to B.not to do
C.not do it D.do not to
解析：本题考查不定式作宾补的用法，事实上是直
接引语转为间接引语的用法。本题理解为The boy’s
mother said：“Don’t ride in the street.”，转为间接
引语后为：The boy’s mother told him not to ride in the
street.然后再根据英语中避免重复的原则，将前面出现
的ride in the street省略。
答案：A9.The lecture was so that they were all .
A.inspiring； exciting B.inspiring； excited
C.inspired； excited D.inspired； exciting
解析：现在分词表示主语的性质或特征，通常译为：
“令人……”；过去分词表示主语的状态，通常译为：
“感到……”。句意：讲座如此令人振奋，以至于他们
都很兴奋。
答案：B10.David threatened his neighbour to the
police if the damages were not paid.
A.to be reported B.reporting
C.to report D.having reported
解析：句意：如果损失得不到赔偿，大卫威胁说会
把邻居控告警方。threaten to do sth.属于固定结构，
因此先排除B和D；report和句中的主语David之间
属于主动关系，因此选to report。
答案：C 《海底总动员》(Finding Nemo)是一部深受青少年喜爱的动画片，请你根据以下内容写一篇120～150词的影评。 参考词汇：像小丑的clownish 潜水员diver
?
①Finding Nemo， directed by Andrew Stanton， is set in the Great Barrier Reef off the coast.
②Marlin， who is a single parent， is a timid and clownish fish. ③He has a son named Nemo， a naught but brave fish. ④The other main character is Dory， who becomes a friend of Marlin's. ⑤One day， when Nemo was out alone， unluckily， he was caught by a diver. ⑥Together with Dory， his father Marlin set out to look for Nemo.⑦And at last， they make it and meanwhile Marlin overcomes his fear and becomes brave. ⑧I like this story； the pictures in the film are great and the story is moving. ⑨It is a brilliant film which everyone will be ready to enjoy. 第一段：简介背景(setting)。对电影的名称、导演等作简单介绍。
第二段：情节概述(main plot of the film)。包括主要演员及故事梗概。
第三段：观后感受，发表评论(making comments/
review in some way)。①句过去分词作定语，引出该片的导演。
②④句中非限制性定语从句和⑨句中限制性定语从句的
使用一方面使得句式更加复杂，另一方面也巧妙地使用了写作要求中所提供的信息。
⑤句中unluckily与⑦句中meanwhile的使用为文章增色不少。 本模块的写作任务是写一篇影评或电影概要。影评是对一部电影的评论，写影评除了要介绍电影的主要情节，对相关内容进行评论外，还需反映出你对该影片的观点，如你认为什么地方成功，什么地方不足，或提出改进意见等。
一般来说，影评属于夹叙夹议的议论文。这种文体主要以一般现在时态介绍剧情内容及发表自己的看法。人称通常采用第一、第三人称。
影视评论适宜用“三段式”写法。 第一段：简介背景(setting)。对电影的名称、特点、导演等作简单介绍。
第二段：情节概述(main plot of the film)。包括主要演员及故事梗概。电影简介不宜太长，只需把自己要评论的内容突出即可。
第三段：观后感受，发表评论(making comments/review in some way)。可以选择性地从不同角度对电影的主题、情节、人物形象的塑造、语言风格、演员的演技、画面特点及拍摄理念的使用等方面有针对性地发表个人看法，但不要面面俱到。最后对电影总体评价。如果认为有必要，也可鼓励其他人观看。[佳句必背]
(1)开篇
...is directed by ...；The hero/heroine is ...；The
main characters are ...； A man， played/starred by ...，
is ...； ...play the part/role of ...； The leading
actor/actress is ...
(2)背景及内容介绍
It’s set in ...； The story takes place/happens in ...；
It’s a story about ...； the story tells of ..(3)进行评论
I like the film very much because ...； The actor/actress is
very good； There is a lot of action in the film； The end
of the film is ...； The theme song/episode of this film
sounds good.
(4)总结性评价
I think it is well worth watching； It's a masterpiece； It
is a wonderful/successful/moving/touching film； From
the simple but moving story， I've got a lot.请根据以下内容，写一则100词左右的影评。 注意：
1.影评包括以上表格要点，不要逐条翻译；
2.可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3.参考词汇：亲切的warmhearted 经典之作classic 悲伤sorrow[参考范文]
Film review： E. T.： The Extra-Terrestrial
E. T.： The Extra-Terrestrial directed by Steven Spielberg， is about a story that an alien creature， E. T.， mistakenly left behind on Earth， wants to go back to his own planet. A boy called Elliott， acted by Henry Thomas， hides him in his home to protect E. T. from the cold world of the grown-ups. They become good friends and are so close that they share sorrows and joys. At last the children try to help E. T. find a way back to his home planet. The film is Steven Spielberg's warmhearted classic for both children and adults. It is beautiful and moving. It shows us that friendship and love are the most important things in life.课件30张PPT。Module 42CarnivalStep1Section I Introduction & Reading-Pre-readingStep2Step3Step4Step51.What did people in Rio do during the Carnival？
2.What is the the climax to the street party？
狂欢节是巴西最大的节日，但最负盛名的当属里约热内卢的狂欢节。巴西里约热内卢狂欢节开幕当天，里约热内卢市市长在市长官邸亲手将城门的金钥匙交给被称作“莫莫王”的“狂欢节国王”，象征着一年一度的狂欢节正式开始。自此，在长达一周的狂欢节中，整个里约热内卢城都要由“狂欢节国王”“统治”，全体市民将按照自己的方式尽情狂欢。 If there is one thing certain to get Brazilians on their feet， it is the Rio Carnival. Held in Rio de Janeiro， the country's biggest city， the carnival began on February 20 when the mayor gave key of the city to Rei Momo — the Lord of Misrule.
On his orders， each year people turn the city into a paradise of dance and music. The following six days are so full of parades， street dancing， fantastic clothes and partying that many people forget about eating and sleeping. “It was the passion of the carnival that attracted me to Brazil and made me settle down in Rio，” said Bob Nadkarni， a British man who has lived in the city for several years.
For many Brazilians， the centrepiece of the carnival is samba， a typical Brazilian dance. Every year， tens of thousands of visitors and locals show off their passion and energy in the streets， following the beat of the Latin music. The climax (高潮) to this street party is the float parade， in which floats decorated with tons of fresh flowers by various samba schools and local communities move through the city. On the top of each float stands the candidate for the Drum Queen， who is chosen at the end of the party. While most people are free to enjoy the celebrations， Rio's police officers have to keep a clear head. Following the murder of three officers in a gunfight early last week， the Brazilian Government has tightened security in Rio. The carnival and the street fighting， robbery and sex crimes that accompany it is very difficult to police. Carnivals began in ancient Rome as a celebration at which people fed wild wolves， in honour of the city's founder who was said to have been raised by a she?wolf. Brazil gave new life to this tradition and so， despite the troubles， the carnival will remain a symbol of the country's culture. 1.Match the festivals with the descriptions.A.Holi： This is a festival of color， which marks the
beginning of spring in India.
B.Carnival： People love wearing special clothes in this
festival.C.Christmas： This is a Christian festival which comes in
the middle of winter.
D.Thanksgiving Day：This is when Americans remember
the hard times when they first arrived in the country.
E.Halloween： This festival is at the end of October，
when “ghosts” come out.F.Easter： This is a Christian holiday in March or
April when Christians remember the death of
Christ and his return to life.
① ② ③
④
⑤ ⑥
答案：①C ②A ③D ④E ⑤F ⑥B2.Among all the western festivals， which is the most
popular with the English?speaking countries？
Which festivals do you prefer？
参考答案：The answer may be varied. One possible
version is： Christmas Day.
I prefer Mothers' Day and Fathers' Day， because I
think they are the very occasions when we show
respect and love to our parents. Skim the passage and find out the main idea of each paragraph.
Para. 1 A.the meaning of carnival and how it was
celebrated
Para. 2 B.the law about wearing masks
Para. 3 C.the general impression of carnival
Para. 4 D.how carnival is celebrated today in Venice and
the feature of it
Para. 5 E.carnival in Venice and the problem it caused
Para. 6 F.the revival of the tradition of celebrating carnival
答案：1～6 CAEBFDRead the passage carefully and do the following tasks.
Task 1： True (T) or False (F) questions.
1.The government didn't allow people to wear masks
because it made more crimes unpunished. ( )
2.According to the first law that limited the use of masks，
men were not allowed to wear masks. ( )
3.Masks were banned completely because of the rule of the
Austrian empire. ( )
4.Many Frenchmen and Englishmen come to enjoy Venice
carnival. ( )
答案：1.T 2.F 3.T 4.TTask 2： Choose the best answers according to the passage.
1.Where did carnival begin？
A. Latin America.
B. Europe.
C. America.
D. Britain.2.When is carnival celebrated in Europe？
A. After Easter.
B. Before Easter.
C. It lasted for 40 days.
D. The last day of the winter season.3.Which one is true about the carnival in Venice？
A. It is the most famous carnival in Europe.
B. It lasts for one day.
C. It lasts for one week.
D. People can eat and drink but they can not wear their
masks. 4.Why were masks banned in Venice？
A. Masks were not welcomed by the ordinary people.
B.Masks were not welcomed by the rich and famous
people.
C. Because people who wore masks usually carried
firearms.
D.Because it caused many crimes which were hard to
punish.5.What is the key to the carnival in Venice？
A. Music and movement.
B. Music and dance.
C. It can attract many foreigners.
D. The mystery of the masks.
答案：1.B 2.B 3.A 4.D 5.D Think of carnival， and you 1. crowds， costumes， and confusion.“Carnival” 2. from two Latin words， 3. “no more meat”.People saw Carnival 4. a last 5. to have fun at the end of the winter season. think of comes meaning as chance The most famous carnival in Europe was in Venice.For weeks 6. ，people 7. masks did what they wanted without 8. ，so that many crimes went 9. .
The government realised this problem and made
10. to solve it.Masks were 11. completely.But
in the late 1970s the tradition was 12. by students. on end wearing being recognised unpunished laws bannedrevived Today， carnival in Venice is 13. for five days in February.As you 14. through the streets， you see thousands of masks.However，nobody takes them 15. .If the masks come off，the magic is lost.celebratedwanderoffHow should we celebrate Chinese traditional festivals？
参考答案： In my view， the best way is that the government should first show the colorful ways to celebrate the festivals in Chinese style. For example， the government can hold events such as make dumplings together in the streets in spring festival. Everyone who joins in the game should dressed in red coat， and each year the government can choose the person who makes the biggest dumpling to be the new year's lucky star. If that can be true， I think the festivals will be more interesting and people will also know how to celebrate our festivals in typical Chinese style.课件74张PPT。Module 4 CarnivalSection Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary 语言点一
单词集释
板块语言点二短语荟萃板块语言点三句型解构
板块识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展课时跟踪检测A.根据词性及汉语释义写出单词
1. n.杂乱；混乱→ vt.使……混
乱→ adj.令人困惑的 → adj.困惑
的
2. vt.延长→ n.延伸；扩大
3. n.帝国→ n.帝王
4. n.记忆→ vt.记住；熟记
5. adj.优美的；高雅的→ adv.高雅地
→ n.高雅；优美confusionconfuseconfusingconfusedextendextensionempireemperormemorymemoriseelegant elegantlyeleganceB.根据句意及汉语提示写出下列单词
1. My husband never (隐藏) anything from me.
2. I'm sorry， sir， but the flight to Hong Kong next
Monday has already been fully (预订).
3. Interest in classic music has (复兴) recently.
4.The child was found (闲逛) the streets
alone.
5. He is going to perform (魔术) at the party.
6.He's not asleep — he's just (假装). hidesbookedrevivedwanderingmagicpretending1.extend v.延长，延伸
[教材P32原句] As time passed， however， the carnival
period was extended， so that it began just after Christmas.
然而，渐渐地，庆祝狂欢节的时间长了，圣诞节一过就开
始了。
① I would like to extend a warm welcome to our visitors.
我想对我们的来访者表示热烈的欢迎。
②His (Apple co-founder Steve) legacy will extend far
beyond the products he created or the businesses he built.
他(苹果创始人—史蒂夫)的遗产将远远超出他创造的产品或
他建立的企业。extend， expand， spread， stretch[自填助记]
①A tire when you pump air into it.
②The forest in all directions as far as the eye
can see.
③She was told not to this secret around.
④It feels good to after a long drive. expandsextendsspreadStretch2.pretend vi.假装
[教材P32原句] Ordinary people could pretend to
be rich and important， while famous people could
have romantic adventures in secret.
普通人可以装扮成阔佬和要人，而名人也可以偷偷
地体验浪漫奇遇。
①He pretended to be ill.
他假装病了。②He pretended not to know the facts.
他佯装不知实情。
③She pretended to be reading when her mother came in.
当她妈妈进来时她假装在读书。
④Tom pretended to have known it.
汤姆假装已经知道了这件事。
⑤He pretended that he didn't understand what I meant.
他假装不明白我的意思。⑥pretend to be＋n./adj.
⑦pretend 假装做……
⑧pretend 假装正在做……
⑨pretend 假装已经做过……
⑩pretend that ... 假装是……to do sth.to be doing sth.to have done sth.假装……3.memory n.记忆
[教材P33原句] Finally， when Venice became part of the
Austrian empire， at the end of the eighteenth century，
masks were banned completely， and carnival became just
a memory.
最后，在18世纪末，当威尼斯成为奥地利帝国的一部分时，
面具被完全禁止了，狂欢节成为一种回忆。
①Grandpa was getting old and his memory wasn't so good.
爷爷上年纪了，记性不太好。
②I have pleasant memories of our friendship.
对于我们的友谊，我有许多愉快的回忆。③The museum was built the famous scientist.
这座博物馆是为了纪念这位著名的科学家而建立的。in memory of4.book vt.预订(票，座位等)
[教材P33原句] Hotels are fully booked and the
narrow streets are crowded with wonderful costumes.
酒店已被预订一空，狭窄的街道上满眼都是华丽的盛装。
①I have booked two seats for the theatre on Saturday.
我预订了两张星期六的戏票。
②I've booked a table for two at the restaurant tonight.
今晚我在这家饭店预订了两个人的桌子。book， order， reserve[自填助记]
①They are said to have more grain from Canada.
② early if you want to be sure of a seat.
③All the front seats are for foreign guests.
5.wander
[教材P33原句] As you wander through the streets，you
see thousands of masks — elegant or frightening， sad or
amusing， traditional or modern ...
当你漫步街头时，你会看到成千上万张面具，高雅的，
可怕的，忧伤的，有趣的，传统的或时尚的……orderedBookreserved(1)vi.漫游；闲逛；流浪①The river wanders through some beautiful country.
这条河蜿蜒曲折地流经一些风景秀丽的乡村。
②He told us that we could at will.
他告诉我们说我们可以任意闲逛。wander around(2)vi.出神，开小差
③Don't let your mind wander from the main point
as issue.
不要让你的思路离开争论的主题。1.The room was in after the birthday party.
答案：confusion
2.He has ten seats for the film of Confucius
starred by Chou Yun-Fat.
答案：booked
3.She's not really hurt — she's only .
答案：pretendinghide， confusion， extend， pretend， revive， book， wander， memory Ⅰ.选词填空4.The hot weather into October.
答案：extended
5.Interest in Peking Opera are being .
答案：revived
6.I realized that my attention was .
答案：wandering
7.A kilo of heroin was found inside the lining of
the suitcase.
答案：hidden
8.He wrote a poem in of her.
答案：memoryⅡ.单项填空
1.I felt tired and was in no to listen to the lesson，
and my attention began to .
A.mind； wonder B.mood； wander
C.interest； switch D.feeling； set
解析：句意：我觉得累极了，没有心情听课。我开始走
神了。in no mood to do sth.“没有心情做某事”。
wander“走神，开小差”。
答案：B2.The golden fish soon in the water.
A. revived B.survived
C.arrived D.alive
解析：考查词语辨析。句意：金鱼见了水很快便活
了过来。 revive复活，符合句意。
答案：A3.(2010·天津高考)He telephoned the travel agency to
three air tickets to London.
A.order B.arrange
C.take D.book
解析：句意：他打电话给旅行社预订三张去伦敦的
机票。表示“订(机票)”要用 book。order主要指
订货或在餐馆里点(叫)菜、饮料等；arrange “安
排”；“ take” 带。
答案：D4.She pretended me when I came in.
A.not to see B.not seeing
C.to not see D.not see
解析：考查 pretend to do 的否定式。句意：当
我进来的时候，她假装没看到我。
答案：A5.Her unexpected arrival threw us into total
and we had to rearrange our schedule.
A.fright B.conclusion
C.confusion D.excitement
解析：从unexpected和we had to rearrange our
schedule 可知，她的到来应该导致了混乱。confusion
“让人不知所措的混乱状态”，符合题意。fright
“惊吓”；conclusion “结论”；excitement “兴奋”。
答案：C6.At the request of audience， the show has been
for another two weeks.
A.delayed B.passed
C.expanded D.extended
解析：句意：应观众的要求，演出又延长了两周。
delay“延误，耽搁”； pass“通过”； expand
“体积、规模扩大，扩张”； extend“延长，使延
期”。根据句意选 D。
答案：D 7.This memorial was built those heroes who laid
down their lives in the war.
A.in memory of B.to remember
C.for the memory of D.to memory of
解析：句意：这座纪念碑是为了纪念那些在战争中牺牲
的人们而建造的。in memory of “为纪念……”，符合
句意。
答案：A1. the end of 在……的末尾
2.dress 打扮；化妆
3.come an end 完结
4. secret 秘密地
5.see ... 把……当作；把……看作
6.put ... prison 把……投入监狱
7.pass 传递
8.have 玩得高兴
9.date back / date 追溯到
10.take 脱掉；起飞atuptoinasintoonfunto from off1.dress up 打扮；穿上盛装
[教材P31原句]
Have you ever dressed up in special clothes？
你曾经用特别的衣服打扮过自己吗？
①When I dress up， I feel energetic and successful.
我一打扮起来，就感到精神饱满，事事顺利。②She is dressed in black today.
今天她穿一身黑。
③Mr.Green a policeman in dark glasses.
格林先生伪装成一名戴墨镜的警察。
④The mother is dressing her baby.
母亲正为她的孩子穿衣服。dressed up as2.see ... as把……当作；把……看作
[教材P32原句] People saw Carnival as a last chance
to have fun at the end of the winter season.
人们把狂欢节作为冬季结束前最后一次玩乐的机会。
①We should see failure as the way to success.
我们应当把失败看作是通往成功的道路。②After he had been in prison Peter was regarded as the black sheep of the family.
彼得坐过牢之后，被看作是家庭中的不肖子孙。
③America is considered as the land of opportunity.
美国被看成是一个充满机遇的国度。
④His colleagues think of him as a possible future director.
他的同事认为他有可能是未来的董事。 3.in secret ＝ secretly秘密地，偷偷地
①Miss Middleton celebrated her final weeks as a
single woman with a handful of her closest friends in
secret.
米德尔顿小姐与一帮好友秘密庆祝了婚前最后的单
身时光。②I could not stand it in silence any more and disclosed it to my best friend.
我再也不能默默忍受，把这件事告诉了我的好朋友。
③She looked up when I shouted.
我叫喊时，她吃惊地抬起头来看。
④In many countries it is considered rude to spit
.
在许多国家，当众吐痰属不雅行为。in surprisein public4.date back to ＝ date from 追溯到，开始于
[教材P33原句] Their use was limited by laws， the
first of which dates back to the fourteenth century.
于是制定了限用面具的法律条文，这最早可以追溯
到14世纪。
①The origins of gunpowder in China also date from/
back to the 9th century AD.
火药在中国也是起源于9世纪。②The oldest towers date from/back to the first century AD when Buddism was introduced from India.
最早的古塔建于公元1世纪，当时佛教从印度传入中国。
③We are going to visit an old temple
the 12th century.
我们将去参观这座可追溯到12世纪的古庙。dating back to/dating from5.come to an end完结
[教材P32原句] The original Venice carnival
came to an end about 200 years ago.
最初的威尼斯狂欢节大约在200年前结束。
①The diving championship in Beijing has come to
an end.
世界跳水锦标赛北京站的比赛结束了。②The battle finally brought the war to an end.
这一仗使这场战争终告结束。
③Can you that kind of gossip？
你能不能别再说那种闲话？
④Being out of work and having two young children， they found it impossible .
他们失了业，还要养活两个小孩，无法维持起码的生活。
⑤Peter worked on his novel for months on end.
彼得连续几个月都在写他的小说。put an end toto make ends meetⅠ.完成句子
1.每个人都希望这场战争尽快结束。
Everyone wishes the war as soon as
possible.
答案：would come to an end
2. 她大声喊，但他假装没听见。
She shouted but he .
答案：pretended that he didn't hear her / pretended
not to hear her 3.这种古老的习俗可以追溯到600年以前。
This old custom 600
years ago.
答案：dates back to/ dates from
4.那位官员因为自己的所作所为已经被关进了监狱。
That official what he did.
答案：has been put in prison for5.他在家待了好几天。
He stayed at home for days .
答案：on end
6.小男孩总喜欢扮成警察。
The little boy likes to a policeman.
答案：dress up as
7.不要把陌生人看成是敌人。
Don't all the strangers enemies.
答案：see； asⅡ.单项填空
1.We have to wait until the discussion between
them .
A.makes an end B.comes to an end
C.puts an end D.brings to an end
解析：句意：我们得等到他们的讨论结束。come to
an end “事情结束，完结。”
答案：B2.He as a national hero for winning the first
gold medal for this country in the Olympics.
A.regarded B.was regarded
C.has regarded D.had been regarded
解析：句意：他因在奥运会上为国家获得了第一枚
金牌而被看成国家英雄。regard ...as ... “把……看
成……”。由于为国家获得第一枚金牌而被看成国
家的英雄是过去的事，所以选 B。
答案：B3.Before the performance， the teachers were
busy these children as little white rabbits.
A.putting up B.picking up
C.setting up D.dressing up
解析：句意：在开演之前，老师们正忙着把孩子们
装扮成小白兔。dress up 此处意为“装扮”。
答案：D4.— It's too strange that those people should laugh
when their relatives die.
— That is the local custom back to the s
eventeenth century.
A.dates B.dated
C.dating D.had dated
解析：空格处作定语，故用现在分词形式，date back to
“追溯到”，为不及物动词短语，没有被动语态。句意：
“那些人们的亲属去世了，他们竟然还在笑，真是奇怪。”
“那是一个可以追溯到17世纪的当地风俗。”
答案：C5.The little girl prepared a gift for her father ，
hoping to give him a surprise.
A.in secret B.in public
C.in particular D.in practice
解析：句意：这个小女孩秘密地给她的父亲准备了
一件礼物，希望能给他一个惊喜。in secret“秘密地”，
符合题意。in public “公开地”；in particular“尤其，
特别”；in practice “在实践中，事实上”。
答案：A1.[句型展示] Think of carnival， and you think of
crowds， costumes， and confusion.
想到狂欢节，你就会想到人群，各种各样的服装以及热
闹非凡的场面。
[典例背诵] Come early， and you'll catch the first bus.
早点来，你会赶上第一班公交车。2.[句型展示] As time passed， however， the
carnival period was extended， so that it began
just after Christmas.
然而，随着时间的流逝，狂欢节的时间被延长了，
这样它就正好在圣诞节以后开始。
[典例背诵] As time went by， the boy came to
realize his mistakes.
随着时间的推移，这个孩子逐渐认识到了自己的
错误。3.[句型展示] Ordinary people could pretend to be rich
and important， while famous people could have
romantic adventures in secret.
普通人可以装成阔佬和要人，而名人也可以偷偷地体
验浪漫奇遇。
[典例背诵] I like coffee with cream while he
prefers black coffee.
我喜欢奶油咖啡而他更喜欢什么也不加的咖啡。1.Think of carnival， and you think of crowds，cosumes，
and confusion.
想到狂欢节，你就会想到人群，各种各样的服装以及
热闹非凡的场面。
本句为“祈使句＋and/or(otherwise)＋陈述句”句型。
“祈使句＋and ...”表示祈使句与后面的句子是顺承关
系，“祈使句＋or/otherwise ...”表示祈使句与后面的
句子是转折关系。祈使句相当于 if 引导的条件状语从
句。其中“祈使句＋ or /otherwise＋陈述句” 相当于
“if＋否定条件状语从句＋主句”。 ①Study hard and you'll make progress every day.
＝If you study hard， you'll make progress every day.
好好学习，天天向上。
②Listen carefully， something important.＝If you don't listen carefully， you'll miss something important.
认真听，否则你会漏掉一些重要内容。
③Use your head， and you will find the answer to the question.
动动脑筋，你就会找到这个问题的答案。or you'll miss④One more effort， and you will succeed.
再努力一下，你就会成功。2. As time passed， however， the Carnival period was
extended， so that it began just after Christmas.
然而，随着时间的推移，狂欢节的时间被延长了，这样
它就正好在圣诞节以后开始。
句中as表示“随着，当……时”，引导时间状语从句。
①The Chinese people are keener on volunteer services
and charity as China is becoming more prosperous.
随着中国愈加繁荣，中国人民愈加热衷于志愿服务和慈
善事业。
as的其他用法：(1)“依照，按照”，引导方式状语从句。
②Leave the papers .
别动那些文件。
(2)“因为，由于”，引导原因状语从句。
③As you weren't there， I left a message.
因为你不在那里，我留了个信儿。
(3)“尽管，虽然”，引导让步状语从句。
④ ， he couldn't open the box.
虽然他想尽了办法，也没有打开门。Try as he mightas they areⅠ.选词填空1.Leave that dog alone， it will bite you.
答案：or
2. he grew older， he became stronger than
before.
答案：Aswhile， as， and， or 3.Simply raise your hand， a taxi appears in no
time.
答案：and
4.I'll take care of your children you are away.
答案：while
5.Tired he was， he sat up late.
答案：asⅡ.翻译句子
1.努力学习，你就会取得很大的进步。
答案：Work hard and you will make much progress.
2.随着时间的流逝，情况变得越来越糟糕了。
答案：As time passed， things seemed to get worse.3.虽然我喜欢这顶帽子的颜色，但我不喜欢它的形状。
答案：While I like the color of the hat， I do not like its
shape.
4.玛丽写信时，孩子们在外面玩耍。
答案：While Mary was writing a letter， the children
were playing outside.5.这位老妇人打扮得像一位年轻人。
答案：The old woman was dressed as a young lady.点击此图片进入“课时跟踪检测”课件83张PPT。Module 4 CarnivalSection Ⅲ Other Parts of the Module语言点一单词集释板块语言点二短语荟萃板块语言点三句型解构板块课时跟踪检测识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展应用
.
落实语篇理解课文自读
板块Ⅰ.True (T) or False (F).
1.The slave trade lasted more than two hundred
years. ( )
2.Walking round a village wearing masks and singing
was a British tradition. ( )
3.Musical bands were created for carnival before the
slave trade. ( )
4.The meaning of carnival changed as time went
on. ( )
答案：1.T 2.F 3.F 4.TⅡ.Read the passage “The Meaning of Carnival” and choose the best answers.
1.If you want to learn more about carnival， which
cultures should you look at？
A.Asian and European.
B.Asian and African.
C.European and African.
D.American and Asian.2.When was the slave trade stopped？
A.At the beginning of the 19th century.
B.At the end of the 18th century.
C.At the beginning of the 18th century.
D.At the end of the 19th century. 3.Why did the slaves wear masks and sing when
they held their carnival celebrations？
A.Because their masters did that.
B.Because they were forced by their masters.
C.Because they thought it could bring good luck.
D.Because they thought it was fun.4.Which is NOT true according to the passage？
A.Carnival is a way to unite different communities.
B.Many visitors all over the world take part in the
carnival.
C.Carnival has become a celebration of life itself.
D.The white inhabitants were not welcomed by the
former slaves.
答案：1.C 2.A 3.C 4.DA.根据词性及汉语释义写出单词
1. vt.运输；运送→ n.运输
2. vt.引进；进口→ vt.出口
3. n.庆典；庆祝→ v.庆祝
4. n.自由→ adj.自由的
5. vt.联合→ adj.联合的→ n.联盟transporttransportationimportexportcelebrationcelebrate freedomfreeuniteunitedunion6. n.起源→ adj.原来的；最初的
7. adj.使人放松的→ adj.感到
放松的→ vt.(使)放松→ n.消遣，
娱乐
8. adj.美味可口的→ vt.& vi.品尝，尝
起来 n.味道originoriginalrelaxingrelaxedrelaxrelaxationtastytasteB.根据英文释义及首字母提示写出单词
1. ： a period of time in history
2. ： exchange of goods or services for
money or other goods； buying and selling
3. ： to be a sign of an important change
or an important stage in the development of
somethingeratrademark4. ： the state of being free and allowed to do
what you want
5. ： to officially end a law， system etc.
6. ： to join together with other people，
organizations to achieve somethingabolishfreedomunite1.celebration n.庆典；庆祝，庆祝会
[教材P38原句] In fact， there aren‘t any spectators－
everybody who is here is part of the celebrations.
事实上，这里根本就没有观众——这里的每个人都是节
日庆典的一部分。
①They held a celebration after Tiangong-1 was
successfully launched.
天宫一号成功发射后他们举行了一场庆典。
②His birthday celebration went on all day.
他的生日庆祝会持续了一整天。③We held a party her birthday.
为庆祝她的生日我们举行了一个晚会。
④We celebrated the New Year with a dance party.
我们举行跳舞晚会庆祝新年。in celebration ofcelebrate， congratulate[自填助记]
①Li Ming held a party to his admission to Tsinghua University， and his friends him on it.
②We him on his good exam results.celebratecongratulatedcongratulated2.relaxing adj.使人放松的
[教材P38原句] Calypso is great — it's exciting
and relaxing at the same time！
卡吕普索太棒了，它能让你既兴奋又放松！
①Traveling by train is more relaxing than driving.
乘火车旅行比开汽车轻松得多。 ②Take the rest of the day off， and have a few drinks.
今天放你的假，休息休息，喝上几杯。
③His day is evenly divided between work and .
他一天的时间一半花在工作上，一半用在娱乐上。
④You look relaxed these days.
这几天你显得很轻松。relaxrelaxation3.tasty adj.美味可口的
[教材P38原句] They're really tasty.
真是太好吃了。
①Cheese made from goats' milk is very tasty.
山羊奶制成的奶酪很可口。
②David dresses very well； he is very tasty.
戴维穿戴讲究，他很会打扮。③I really find Chinese dishes more to my taste.
我的确觉得中国菜更合我的口味。
④She has a taste for music.
她爱好音乐。
⑤Everything in his house is
in good taste.
他家里样样东西都很雅致。
⑥The fruit doesn't taste nice.
这水果味道不好。⑦ 符合某人的口味
⑧ 品味高雅
⑨ 喜欢……to one's tastein good tastehave a taste for4.mark
[教材P39原句] This marked the beginning of the
slave trade.
这标志着奴隶贸易的开始。
(1)vt.标志着，表明；做标记；打分；纪念
①The cross marks the spot where the body was found.
这个十字架表明尸体发现的地点。
②The teacher marked the examination papers.
教师给试卷打了分数。 ③These boxes the words
“Made in China”.
这些箱子上标有“中国制造”的字样。
(2)n.标记，记号；(老师给学生的)分数；痕迹，污点
④She made a mark on the map to show where her
house was.
她在地图上做了一个标记，表明她房子的所在地。
⑤You have on your face.
你脸上有脏点。
were marked witha dirty mark5.trade
(1)n.贸易
①Trade is always good over the Christmas period.
圣诞节期间生意一向很好。
②Britain concluded a trade agreement with China.
英国和中国签署了贸易协定。
(2)vi. & vt. 做生意；交易，交换
③Early explorers traded directly with the Indians.
早期的探险者们与印第安人直接做交易。④The famous company trades in furniture.
这家著名的公司经营家具。
⑤One of Steve Jobs' classic quotes goes like this： I would trade all of my technology for an afternoon with Socrates.
史蒂夫·乔布斯经典语录之一是这样的：我愿意用我所有的科技去换取和苏格拉底相处一个下午。⑥trade sb. 与某人进行贸易
⑦trade ... ... 以……换……withforⅠ.用所给词的适当形式填空
1.Well， it's also (relax) to be around nature.
答案：relaxing
2.The black slaves fought for (free) for many
years， and finally succeeded.
答案：freedom
3. The party was held in (celebrate) of the
couple's silver wedding.
答案：celebration4.The fish your mother prepared was very (taste).
答案：tasty
5.He gained high (mark) for English.
答案：marks
6.Japan is a country which depends much on (import)
goods from other countries.
答案：importing7.After that the slavery was (abolish).
答案：abolished
8.China has been (trade) with India for
many years.
答案：tradingⅡ.单项填空
1. Agricultural tax was in China， which
benefited farmers greatly.
A.abolished B.banned
C.refused D.rejected
解析：考查动词辨析。句意：中国废除了农业税，
这让农民受益颇多。abolish“废除”；ban“禁止”；
refuse“拒绝”；reject“丢弃，拒绝”。四个选项
中A项最符合题意。
答案：A?
2.The three sisters decided to hold a family party
to their parents' silver wedding.
A.celebrate B.memorize
C.congratulate D.welcome
解析：celebrate 表示“庆祝”，后面常接生日、结
婚或其他场合作宾语；congratulate 后接人称代词
作宾语。
答案：A3.They had to oil food， or they
would go hungry.
A.change； into B.exchange； with
C.trade； with D.trade； for
解析：句意：他们不得不用石油换取粮食，否则他
们会挨饿。trade A for B“用 A 与 B 交换，”为固定
搭配，与 exchange A for B 同义。
答案：D4.These chicken wings are really .Where did
you buy them？
A.tasted B.tasteful
C.tasting D.tasty
解析：句意：这些鸡翅真是美味。你在哪里买的？
taste作动词，意为“品尝；尝起来”；tasteful
“有欣赏能力的”；tasty “好吃的，美味的”。由
句意可知D项正确。
答案：D5. Please make a where you think there are
mistakes in the composition.
A.sign B.signal
C.mark D.remark
解析：句意：在作文中你认为有错误的地方做上记
号。make a mark “做记号”。sign “符号”；
signal“信号”；remark “评论”。
答案：C6. The tired worker spent a weekend and
looked then.
A.relaxing； relaxing B.relaxed； relaxed
C.relaxing； relaxed D.relaxed； relaxing
解析：relaxing “令人放松的，轻松的”，修饰物；
relaxed “放松的，自在的”，修饰人，故选 C。
答案：C 1.consist 由……组成，由……构成
2.give 放弃
3.go about 对……狂热
4. one's blood 家传，天生就有
5.think much 对(某人或事)评价很高
6.take 接管
7.more or 差不多，大约
8.feel 感觉像ofupwildinofoverlesslike1.consist of由……组成
[教材P35原句] a food that consists of a tube of
skin containing meat mixed with herbs
一种由含有混合了香料的肉类的管状物构成的食品
①Unlike the Chinese system which uses numbers，
British postcodes consist of both letters and
numbers.
不像中国的使用数字的体系，英国的邮编是由字母
和数字组成的。②Happiness does not how
much money you have.
幸福不在于你拥有多少金钱。
③Health does not consist with excessive drinking.
健康和酗酒不能相容。consist in2.more or less或多或少；差不多；大约
[教材P37原句] More or less means approximately.
more or less的意思是“大约”。
①It took more or less a whole
day to paint the ceiling.
粉刷天花板用了将近一整天的时间。②Our plane took off two hours late.
我们的飞机晚了两个多小时才起飞。
③It is ten minutes' walk from the station.
由车站走到这里最多十分钟的路程。
④He was having more and more trouble selling his fruit.
他在出售他的水果方面困难越来越多。more thannot more than3.take over 接管，接手；沿袭，继承
[教材P39原句] When the slave trade was abolished
in 1838 the former slaves took over the carnival.
当1838年奴隶贸易被废止的时候，先前的奴隶沿袭了
狂欢节。
①Lao Wang was sent to the hospital； I had to take
over his work.
老王住院了，我得接替他的工作。②When did he take up football？
他是什么时候开始踢足球的？
③The accident happened as the jet was about
to .
喷气式飞机正要起飞时出了事故。
④You won't take me in that easily！
你别以为我那么容易上当！
⑤Let her ， and please don't call me.
让她负责吧，别给我打电话了。take offtake chargeⅠ.选词填空1.She her seat to an old man.
答案：gave up
2.His explanation was helpful.
答案：more or less
3.The United Nations Organization over
160 nations.
答案：consists of 4.The picture is so good that we all it.
答案：think much of
5.When she fell ill， her daughter the
business from her.
答案：took overⅡ.单项填空
1.It is certain that he will his business to his
son when he gets old.
A.take over B.think over
C.hand over D.go over
解析：句意：当他年老时，他一定会把公司交给他
儿子打理。 hand over “移交”，符合句意。 think
over “仔细考虑”； turn over “耕地，翻身”；
take over “接管”，均不合句意。
答案：C2.The flat a living?room， a kitchen， a
bathroom and two bedrooms.
A.is consisting of B.is consisted of
C.consists of D.consist of
解析：句意：这套公寓由一间起居室、一个厨房、
一间洗澡间和两个卧室组成。consist of “由……
组成，由……构成”，无被动语态，也不用于进行时。
答案：C3.When he was young， he about playing
basketball.
A.went wild B.went to the wilds
C.ran wild D.ran to the wilds
解析：go wild about为固定短语，意为“对……狂热；
酷爱”，符合句意。go to the wilds意为“去偏远地
区”；run wild 意为“自由生长，变得狂野”；run to
the wilds 意为“跑向偏远地区”。
答案：A4.I don't feel like anything now， because
I'm too tired.
A.eat B.to eat
C.eating D.ate
解析：feel like后若跟动词，则只跟动名词形式。
也可以直接跟名词。
答案：C5.— Do you need any help， Lucy？
— Yes， the job is I could do myself.
A.less than B.more than
C.no more than D.not more than
解析：句意：“你需要帮助吗，Lucy？”“是的，
这项工作我自己做不了。”more than “超过某人
的能力范围，远非”，符合语境。less than “少于”；
no more than “只不过”；not more than “至多，
最多”。
答案：B1.[句型展示] If possible， record yourself as you speak ...
如果可能的话，录下你所说的……
[典例背诵] If possible， I would like to book a ticket
for the 2014 World Cup.
如果可能的话，我想订一张2014年世界杯的门票。2.[句型展示] I'd rather have something with chocolate.
我宁愿吃一些带有巧克力的食品。
[典例背诵] I do believe Ashley would rather read
than hunt！
我的确相信，Ashley 宁愿读书也不愿意外出打猎。3.[句型展示] ...there was an immediate need for people to work on them.
…… 这意味着急需干活的人手。
[典例背诵] As the campus is small， there is a need to restrict the number of students.
由于校园小，有必要限制学生的人数。1. If possible， record yourself as you speak ...
如果可能的话，录下你所说的……
if possible 表示“如果可能的话”，它实际上是一个省
略句，相当于If it is (was) possible。在英语中，如果状
语从句中含有it is (was)，在不引起歧义的情况下，可以
省略。另一种情况是主从句的主语一致，且从句中含有
be动词，状语从句中的主语和 be动词可以省略，使句
子更简洁。①You'd better drive over to pick me up， if possible.
如果可能的话，你最好开车过来接我。
②Ask the teacher for help .
有必要的话找老师帮忙。
③You should be careful when (you are) crossing the street.
过马路时你应该小心。
④He won't say a word .
他不会说一句话，除非让他说。when (it is) necessaryunless (he is) asked⑤Please point out the mistakes in my composition， if any.
如果有的话，请指出我的作文中的错误。
⑥The island is seldom， if ever， visited by ships.
这个岛难得有船停靠。2. I'd rather have something with chocolate.
我宁愿吃一些带有巧克力的食品。
本句中的would rather表示“宁愿”。其常见用法如下：
(1)would rather do sth. than do sth.＝ would do sth.
rather than do sth.宁愿做……而不愿做……。①Faced with the enemies， the soldiers would
die give in.
面对敌人，战士们宁死不屈。
② on a crowded bus，
he a bike.
他宁愿骑自行车也不愿挤公交车。rather thanRather than ridewould ride(2)would rather 后也可跟从句，表示主语宁愿让某人
干某事。这时，从句谓语动词要用虚拟语气，即
用一般过去时表示现在或将来要做的事，用过去
完成时表示过去要做的事。
③I'd rather you came tomorrow.
我宁愿你明天来。
④I'd rather you the mistake that day.
我真希望你那天没犯错误。
hadn't made(3)would rather 后还可跟动词的完成时，表示主语要做
某事，而结果却事与愿违。
⑤I'd rather have picked her up at the airport.
我本想去机场接她的。
3.... there was an immediate need for people to work on
them.
……这意味着急需干活的人手。
There is/was ...need (for sb.) to do sth.需要(某人)做某事。①There is no need for you to wait.
你不必等了。
②There is a great need for a new book on the subject.
非常需要有一本这方面的新书。③ to cheat the old man — he is a man of wisdom.
骗过那位老人没有可能——他是一位有智慧的老人。
④I'm too busy. watch TV.
我太忙了，没有时间看电视。
⑤There was no point in expecting any help from Mum and Dad.
指望爸爸妈妈帮忙是没有意义的。There is no possibilityThere is no time toⅠ.用所给词的适当形式填空
1.I'd rather you (meet) her at the airport
tomorrow morning.
答案：met
2.I'd rather you (not tell) him the news that day.
答案：hadn't told
3.I'd rather (leave) a note on her desk yesterday.
答案：have left
4.I would rather (watch) TV at home than
(go) to the cinema.
答案：watch； goⅡ.完成句子
1.I want to avoid the rush hour traffic (如
果可能的话).
答案：if possible
2.I would rather you (没见到他) in the
evening yesterday.
答案：hadn't met him
3. (没有意义) in copying others' homework.
答案：There is no point/ sense4.I think there's a train at midday. (如果
有的话)， you'll have to wait till 12：30.
答案：If any
5.Since you have repaired my TV set， (我
就没有必要买台新的了).
答案：there is no need for me to buy a new one点击此图片进入“课时跟踪检测”课件54张PPT。Module 4 CarnivalSection Ⅳ Grammar and Writing写作讲座
介绍节日
的说明文语法讲座
被动语态考点精析专
题
练
习佳
作
观
摩技法指导专
题
练
习 英语动词有两种语态：主动语态和被动语态。
当主语为动作执行者即施动者时，动词用主动语态；如果主语是动作的承受者即受动者时，动词用被动语态。
一、被动语态的构成
1.各种时态的被动语态
被动语态由助动词be和及物动词的过去分词构成。被动语态可用于各种时态，其时态变化通过助动词be的不同形式来体现。[考题印证1]
1－1(2011·四川高考) All visitors to this village
with kindness.
A.treat B.are treated
C.are treating D.had been treated
解析：考查时态和语态。句子的主语all visitors是动
词treat的承受者，构成逻辑上的动宾关系，所以用
被动语态。此处介绍的是一般事实，故用一般现在
时。句意：所有到这个村庄的游客都被友善地对待，
故选B。
答案：B1－2(2011·安徽高考) — What do you think of store
shopping in the future？
— Personally， I think it will exist along with home
shopping but .
A.will never replace
B.would never replace
C.will never be replaced
D.would never be replaced 解析：考查时态和语态。答话人认为商店购物将与家庭购物并存，但是永远不会被取代。it 与replace之间是被动关系，再结合本句的时态 will exist 可知，此处应用一般将来时的被动语态。
答案：C2.被动语态的几种特殊结构
(1)含有情态动词的被动结构：can/may/must＋ be＋过去
分词
Understanding the tasks is important， and the tasks must
be recorded.
理解任务是重要的，并且必须把任务记录下来。
(2)get done 型被动结构，常用于表示某人发生了什么，着重
于动作的结果；通常动作是偶然性的，不是事先计划的。
In big cities， cleaning women usually get paid by the hour.
在大城市，女清洁工通常按小时得到报酬。二、被动语态的用法
1.不知道动作的执行者、没必要说出、不愿或不便说出动
作的执行者时。
The window hasn't been cleaned for weeks.
窗户已有数星期没擦了。
2.强调或突出动作的承受者或事件本身时。
All the employees except the manager are encouraged to
work online at home.
鼓励除了经理外所有的雇员在家里上网工作。3.当动作的执行者不是人时。
The children were all shocked by the death of
their mother.
听到妈妈的死讯孩子们都震惊了。三、不能用于被动语态的动词(短语)
1.不及物动词或短语不能用于被动语态：come true，
consist of， take place， happen， become， rise，
occur， break out， appear， arrive， die， fall，
exist， fail， succeed， agree with， belong to， have
on， keep up with， lose heart 等。
This room belongs to me.
这房子属于我。2.表示状态的动词：benefit， cost， contain， equal，
fit， have， lack， last， mean， seem， resemble，
suit， look like 等也不能用于被动语态。
He failed because he lacked confidence.
由于他缺乏自信，他失败了。[考题印证2]
(2010·重庆高考)The palace caught fire three times in the last century， and little of the original building now.
A.remains B.is remained
C.is remaining D.has been remained
解析：考查动词。remain是不及物动词，故没有被动语态，排除B、D两项，表示“存在”意义的状态性动词一般不用于进行时，所以此处用一般现在时。
答案：A四、主动形式表示被动意义的用法
1.系动词look， sound， feel， smell， taste， seem，
turn， fall， grow， keep， go， stay 等后接名词
或者是形容词作表语，主动形式表达被动含义。
The flowers smell sweet.
这些花闻起来真香。2.表示主语属性的、特性的动词，如 read， write，
sell， was， lock 等，用主动形式表示被动意义。
The new book of Guo Jingming sells well.
郭敬明的新书卖得很好。
The pen writes smoothly.
这笔写起来很流畅。3.be worth 后跟动名词形式，用主动形式表达被动含义；
need， want， require 等词表示“需要……”，且物
作主语时，后接 doing， 用主动形式相当于 to be done，
表达被动含义。
The rumour of “lack of salt” needs clearing/ to be
cleared.
关于“缺盐”的谣言需要澄清。
4.be to blame 或 be to let 也是主动形式表示被动意义。
He is to blame for the broken window.
因为打破了窗户他应该受到责备。5.在“be＋形容词＋to do”中，不定式的逻辑宾语是句子
的主语，用主动表示被动。动词不定式在名词后作定语，
不定式和名词之间有动宾关系，且和句中另一名词或代
词构成主谓关系时，不定式的主动形式表被动意义。
This kind of water isn't fit to drink.
这种水不适合饮用。[考题印证3]
3－1(2010·山东高考)I have a lot of readings before the end of this term.
A.completing B.to complete
C.completed D.being completed
解析：考查非谓语动词用法。句意：在这学期结束之前，我还要完成很多阅读。不定式表示将要发生的动作，句子的主语为不定式的逻辑主语。
答案：B3－2(2010·四川高考)In many people's opinion， that company， though relatively small， is pleasant .
A.to deal with B.dealing with
C.to be dealt with D.dealt with
解析：考查动词不定式的用法。某些形容词(pleasant，nice，comfortable，difficult，hard，easy等)后接动词不定式时，常用主动形式表示被动意义。
答案：AⅠ.用所给词的适当形式填空
1.I guess all that hard work (pay) off.
答案：paid
2. — Have you moved into the new house？
— Not yet. The rooms (paint).
答案：are being painted
3.More patients (treat) in hospital this year than
that year.
答案：have been treated 4.Great changes (take place) in the city，
and a lot of factories (set up).
答案：have taken place； have been set up
5.Do what you (tell)； otherwise you
(punish).
答案：are told； will be punished
6. Books of this kind (sell) well.
答案：sell7.— What do you think of the book？
— Oh， excellent. It's worth (read)
a second time.
答案：reading
8. Large quantities of water (need) for
irrigation.
答案：are neededⅡ.单句改错
1.Great changes have been taken place in our school in
recent years.
答案：have been taken place→ have taken place
2.The music is sounded beautiful.
答案：is sounded→sounds3.The question is difficult to be answered.
答案：be answered→answer
4.The meeting?room needs being cleaned.
答案：being cleaned→cleaning/to be cleaned
5.I have a lot of homework to be done tonight.
答案：be done→doⅢ.单项填空
1. Those villages are so small that they .
A.can't be shown on the maps
B.can't be shown in the maps
C.can't show on the maps
D.can't show in the maps
解析：show 是及物动词，应该用被动形式；标在地图
上用介词on。 句意：那些村子太小不可能标在地图上。
答案：A2.Though small， the oranges sell ， because
they taste .
A.well； nice B.good； well
C.nicely； well D.nice； good
解析：sell 是不及物动词，用副词修饰；taste 是连系 动词，跟形容词作表语。句意：尽管小，但这些橘
子好卖，因为它们尝起来味道好。
答案：A3. Rainforests and burned at such a speed that
they will disappear from the earth in the near future.
A.cut B.are cut
C.are being cut D.had seen cut
解析：从 they will disappear from the earth in the
near future 中得到暗示，雨林被砍伐的行为现在正在
发生，时态为现在进行时，答案为 C。
答案：C 4.— Have you finished your essay？
— Half when you come back.
A.has been done
B.is done
C.be done
D.will have been done
解析：答句句意：当你回来时，将已经完成工作的
一半。此句用将来的时态，只有 D 是将来完成时。
答案：D5. John had to have his car repaired in a garage because
it seriously.
A.damaged B.was being damaged
C.had damaged D.had been damaged
解析：句意：约翰不得不到修车行修车，因为他的车
损坏很严重。damage 与 car 之间是动宾关系，应用
被动语态，又因damage 动作发生在 had to have his
car repaired 动作之前，故用过去完成时态。
答案：D6.With the help of high technology， more and more new
substances in the past years.
A.discovered B.have discovered
C.had been discovered D.have been discovered
解析：句意：近年来，在高科技的帮助下，越来越多的
新物质已被发现。substances(物质)是discover(发现)的
承受者，应用被动语态；in the past years是现在完成时
的标志性时间状语之一，故应用现在完成时的被动语态
形式。
答案：D7.— The tree is so tall.
— Yes， it 20 metres.
A.measures B.is measured
C.measuring D.measured
解析：句意：“这棵树如此高。”“是啊，它有20米
高。”measure 是表示主语的某种属性特征的动词，
常用主动形式表示被动意义。
答案：A8. Mr. Green stood up in defence of the 16-year-old
boy， saying that he was not the one .
A.blamed B.blaming
C.to blame D.to be blamed
解析：句意：格林先生站起来维护16岁的男孩，说
他不是该受责备的人。to blame 是主动形式表被动。
答案：C9. There is a new problem involved in the popularity of
private cars road conditions need .
A.that； to be improved B.which； to be improved
C.where； improving D.when； improving
解析：分析句子可知，involved in ... cars 是后置定语，
修饰 problem， need improving ＝ need to be improved；
road conditions ... 对 problem 起解释说明作用，是
problem 的同位语，故用 that 引导同位语从句。
答案：A10.The food easily and sells .
A.cooks； well B.is cooking； good
C.is cooked； well D.cooked； good
解析：动词 cook 和 well， easily 等副词连用表示主
语的内在品质或性能时是不及物动词，应用主动形
式表示被动意义，故选 A。
答案：A? 假定你是 Lee，现在在美国，在一个英文网络论坛写了一封电子邮件，简单介绍了有关“Christmas Day”的一些情况，具体内容包括以下几点：
1.the atmosphere；
2.the food and games。
要求：
1.词数：100左右；
2.内容充实，结构完整，语意连贯。Hello everyone，
①I'm Lee. ②I'm in America. ③Christmas Day is coming， the 25th of December. ④It is the biggest festival celebrated in the Christian countries of the world.
⑤Although Christmas is a Western holiday， truly， I love it. ⑥It is particularly enjoyed by children， who get very excited because of the presents they know they are going to receive. ⑦Small children believe that their presents are brought by Father Christmas. Christmas Day is colourful and interesting. ⑧Christmas is also a family celebration. ⑨At about one o'clock in the afternoon， the Christmas dinner is brought in. ⑩The turkey or chicken is quickly eaten. The rest of the day is full of games and eating until the happiest time of all Christmas holidays comes to an end.
?When I've finished this e?mail， I'm going to go back to my hometown. ?I hope everyone will enjoy themselves on that day.
Lee第一段：介绍节日的名称和日期。
第二段：圣诞节深受孩子们喜欢的原因。
第三段：圣诞节是一种家庭庆祝活动。
第四段：作者的期望。③句用 be coming 表示圣诞节即将到来。
⑥句中 who get very excited ... 为定语从句。
⑧句用了“celebration”，它是本模块的新词。
⑩句用了被动语态和 be full of ... “充满……”
come to an end “结束”两个高级短语。
?句表达作者的期望。 本模块是以节日为话题进行介绍说明的，写作任务要求以电子邮件的形式介绍节日，介绍节日时要注意讲明其日期、时间及参与庆祝的人员描述节假日的气氛要具有感染力，有时还需阐发自己的感受，以让读者共享。 因不同的节日都有不同的风俗及特点，介绍节日时一般应包括以下内容：
1.节日的名称和日期；
2.节日的起源，即节日形成的由来；
3.节日的习俗，一般包括节日所吃的食物、人的活动等；
4.节日的意义。可包括节日的传统地位及其现实意义等。
注意：介绍节日时，文章一般用一般现在时态。[佳句必背]
1.The Spring Festival falls on the 1st day of the lunar month.
2.The 15th day of the 1st lunar month is the Lantern
Festival.
3.The Lantern Festival takes place on the fifteenth day of
the first lunar month.
4.The Mid-autumn Festival is celebrated on the fifteenth day
of the eighth lunar month.
5.Chinese have celebrated the Lantern Festival since the
Western Han Dynasty.6.The custom of worshipping the moon can be traced back
as far as the ancient Xia and Shang Dynasties.
7.Chinese people usually put up the Spring Festival couplets
(春联) on the front gates of their houses .../set off
firecrackers/have the year supper ...
8.Zongzi is the traditional food for the Dragon Boat
Festival.
9.At this time， people will try to solve the riddles on the
lanterns and eat “yuanxiao”.10.It is a time to get together with family and friends.
11.Spring Festival， also known as the Chinese New Year，
is the most important holiday in China.To the Chinese
people it is as important as Christmas to people in the
West.
12.It's generally believed that the festival originated to
celebrate the memory of the ancient patriotic poet Qu
Yuan. 假如你叫李林，你的笔友 Mike 发邮件想要了解一下中国的端午节(the Dragon Boat Festival)。请你根据以下要点给他回一封邮件：注意：1.词数：100左右；
2.可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3.邮件的开头和结尾已给出，但不计入总词数。
4.参考词汇：糯米 glutinous riceDear Mike，
How are you doing？I'm glad to receive your email. I will tell you something about the Dragon Boat Festival.? Best wishes，
Yours，
Li Lin[参考范文]
Dear Mike，
How are you doing？ I'm glad to receive
your email. I will tell you something about the Dragon Boat Festival.
The Dragon Boat Festival， also called the Duanwu Festival， falls on the fifth day of the fifth lunar month every year. Most people say that it is celebrated in memoryof Qu Yuan，a great poet in ancient China. It is a day when Chinese people prepare and eat zongzi， a pyramid?shaped dumpling made of glutinous rice， meat and so on wrapped in bamboo leaves. The festival is best known for its dragon boat races， especially in southern places where there are many rivers and lakes.
I hope you can come and celebrate it with me some time in the future.
Best wishes，
Yours，
Li Lin课件32张PPT。Module 52The Great Sports PersonalityStep1Section I Introduction & Reading-Pre-readingStep2Step3Step4Step51.Why did Liu Xiang lose the leading place in the
match？
2.What kind of person is Liu Xiang according to this
passage？ 2011年10月29日，韩国大邱田径世锦赛的赛场上继28日博尔特意外抢跑被取消资格后再次发生令人意想不到的事情。在当晚结束的男子110米栏比赛中，古巴名将罗伯斯因犯规被取消金牌，中国飞人刘翔最终取得这一项目的银牌。
刘翔是如何看待比赛的过程和结果的，对于罗伯斯的行为，刘翔又做出了如何的评价，我们从刘翔身上能学到什么东西呢？读完这篇文章，或许你能找到一个满意的答案。 It was a hand-to-hand battle between the two fastest men ever in history on the 110m hurdles track literally. Cuban hurdler Dayron Robles was stripped of gold，following Usain Bolt's disqualification (剥夺) in 100 meters the night before.
What happened？
* After the starting gun fire， everything was on the right track. Robles and Liu， were almost running neck to neck in the first eight hurdles and took the lead.
* But in the ninth hurdle， there was an accident. * Robles' right hand was seen hitting on Liu's left hand. As a result， Liu's rhythm was disturbed and his fast pace slowed down. Right before the tenth and final sprint， Robles made further hand contact with Liu， who lost balance and tripped on the last hurdle. * Liu， as a result， faded into the third after clearing the last hurdle and tumbled(摇晃) but managed to the finishing line.
Eventually， Robles was disqualified of his mark and the title.
What did hurdlers involved say？ “Robles hit me twice. When I approached the ninth hurdle he pulled me， which made me unbalanced and slowed me down， but it wasn’t intentional (故意的).
At first， I thought I would be the champion or at least second， but Robles pulled me. If there was no accident，
I think I could have won. I am OK with everything that happened today and this is a legacy to me. Robles prepared well. I tried my best (and got) no regret. I am good friends with Robles. What I like is a happy camp — I don't know what to say. The competition is just a game to me. Everybody should enjoy it. The disqualification is very regretful. It happens all the time in the competitions. I am OK with everything that happened today. I tried my best (and got) no regret. I'm satisfied with the performance and there is only little regret in the race.”1.Can you make a list of festivals in China？When are
they celebrated？
答案：the Spring Festival(Lunar January 1)，the
Lantern Festival(Lunar January 15)，Dragon Boat
Festival(Lunar May 5)，Mid-Autumn Festival(Lunar
August 15)，Clean Brightness Festival (Lunar April 5)2.Look at the following pictures， and then tell who
they are and what kind of sport they compete in.答案：①Deng Yaping table tennis ②Beckham football ③Yao Ming basketball ④Liu Xiang hurdles ⑤Guo Jingjing divingTask 1： True (T) or False (F).
1.Li Ning won six medals at the Los Angeles
Olympics. ( )
2.He chose the name of his sportswear company
carefully. ( )
3.He opened a school with Pele and Muhammad Ali in
1991. ( )
答案：1.T 2.T 3.FTask 2： Choose a topic for each paragraph according to the text.
Paragraph 1 A.The advantages of Li Ning's
sports clothes.
Paragraph 2 B.The success of Li Ning product.
Paragraph 3 C.Li Ning's determination to succeed in new life.
Paragraph 4 D.The success of the prince of gymnasts in sports.
Paragraph 5 E.Li Ning's goal.
答案：1.D 2.C 3.A 4.B 5.ERead the passage carefully and do the following tasks.
Task 1： Choose the best answers according to the passage.
1.Why didn't Li Ning feel happy although listed together
with Ali and Pele as one of the greatest sportsmen of the
20th century？
A.Because he retired at an early age of 26.
B.Because he didn't like Ali and Pele.
C.Because he retired with the feeling that he had failed.
D.Because he had not won all that he had wanted.2.What made Li Ning pursuit his new life in business？
A.That he wanted to be rich and famous.
B.That he did not perform well in the Olympics.
C.The sense of failure after the 1988 Seoul Olympics.
D.That he wanted to have a world famous clothes
brand of China. 3.Why do Li Ning's sports clothes win success in the
market in a short time？
A.It is under the name of his own， which is an
advantage.
B.Li Ning's sports clothes are rather cheaper than
other products.
C.The design of the products is more attractive.
D.All of the above.4.What is TRUE about Li Ning's slogan “Anything is
possible”？
A.The retirement of a sportsman is not the end of his life
or career.
B.If you are willing to， you also can be a successful man
like Li Ning.
C.We can succeed in anything if we are determinedenough.
D.We are living in such a changeable world that nothing is
impossible to happen.
答案：1.D 2.C 3.D 4.CTask 2： Answer the following questions.
1.Why was Li Ning called the prince of gymnasts？
答案：He had won 106 gold medals in major
competitions across the world. They included six out of
seven gold medals at the 1982 World Championship，
and three at the 1984 Olympics in Los Angeles (as well
as two silver and a bronze).2.What does “it” refer to in the following sentence？
When sports journalists met in 1999 to make a list of the
greatest sportsmen and sportswomen of the twentieth
century， Li Ning's name was on it， together with
footballer Pele and boxer Muhammad Ali.
答案：“it” refers to the list of the greatest sportsmen
and sportswomen of the twentieth century.3.Why did Li Ning start a sportswear company？
答案：Because he didn't forget his sporting
background and wanted to compete with global giants
like Nike and Adidas.4.Why has he been successful as a businessman？
答案：Because his sports clothes came onto the
market at just the right time， and Li Ning's
designs were attractive but cheaper.5.Find a sentence in this passage which has similar
meaning to the following one.
It is probable that you will see students wearing Li Ning
tracksuits with the familiar logo when you enter a school
or university anywhere.
答案：If you go into a school or university anywhere，
the chances are you will see students in Li Ning tracksuits
with the familiar logo. Li Ning was called the 1. of gymnasts.He won
2. gold medals in all and was chosen as one of the greatest sportsmen of the 3. century by sports journalists.
After he 4. ， he began a new career
5. a businessman， launching a new brand of sportswear and chose his own 6. as the brand mark.prince10620thretiredasname Li Ning's sports clothes came 7. the market at just the right time and gained 8. quickly.In just a few years the company has achieved great success.But Li Ning's 9. was not to make money when he retired.In 1991，he opened a school for gymnasts to help young people to 10. their sporting ambitions.If you are a great sportsman， anything is possible， as Li Ning's advertising slogan says.ontosuccessgoalachieveWhat should we learn from the famous sportsman？
参考答案：never giving up/loving the country/overcoming any difficulty for the dream/having a strong wish for the future课件93张PPT。Module 5 The Great Sports PersonalitySection Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary语言点一
单词集释
板块语言点二短语荟萃板块语言点三句型解构
板块识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展课时跟踪检测A.根据词性及汉语释义写出单词
1. n.田径运动→ n.运动员
2. vi.退休→ adj.退休的→ adj.即
将退休的→ n.退休
3. vi.表现→ n.表现
4. n.优势，长处→ n.不利因素athleticsathleteretireretiredretiringretirementperformPerformance advantageDisadvantageB.根据英文释义及首字母提示写出单词
1. ： previous experience or training
2. ： buy something
3. ： relating to one particular thing
4. ： a person whose job is designing
5. ： mark or sign with a particular meaning
6. ： to promise to do sth.， to promise sth. will
happenbackgroundpurchasespecificdesignerguaranteesymbol1.retire vi.退休，退职，退出(比赛等)
[教材P42原句] When he retired at the age of 26， he
had won 106 gold medals in major competitions across
the world.
26岁退役时，他已经在世界重大比赛中获得了106枚金牌。 ①Anderson was forced to retire because of injury at the age of 26.
安德森26岁时因伤而被迫退出。
②Yao Ming announced to retire from basketball on July 20.
姚明7月20日宣布退出篮坛。
③He recently retired as head teacher of their school.
他最近以校长的身份退休了。④retire 从……退休
⑤retire 以……身份退休fromas⑥I didn't expect to be remembered 13 years after retirement.
我没想到退休13年后仍然有人记得我。2.perform vi.&vt. 表现，表演；执行，实行；运转
[教材P42原句] He was disappointed because he had
not performed well in the 1988 Seoul Olympics.
因为在1988年首尔奥运会上表现不佳，他非常失望。
①Liu Xiang said the London Olympic Games might be
his last Olympics and he would perform at his best.
刘翔说伦敦奥运会或许是他的最后一届奥运会，他会
表现出他的最佳水平。②The cars produced in the factory perform well.
那家工厂生产的汽车运行良好。
③He promised to help us and has performed his promise.
他答应过要帮助我们并且已履行了诺言。
④The doctor need perform an operation on him to relieve his pain.
医生需要给他做手术以减轻他的痛苦。⑤perform one’s 履行诺言
⑥perform well/badly/poorly
⑦perform an operation sb. 给某人做手术promise运转(表现)好/不好on3.advantage n.[C，U] 优势；长处；便利条件
[教材P42原句] Li Ning’s designs were attractive， and
they had a major advantage over their better-known rivals
— they were cheaper.
李宁运动服不仅设计吸引人，而且比起那些更为知名的商
业对手，它们拥有一个主要优势，那就是价格便宜。
①He would gain considerable advantage from staying in
that job.
他若继续留任会获得颇多的好处。②“Overcoat Brother”， Zhu Zhiwen， took advantage of all of his spare time to practice singing.
“大衣哥”朱之文利用所有的空闲时间来练歌。
③The iPhone does other mobile phones but the advantages are not what Chinese consumers really want.
苹果手机在某些地方确实优于其它手机。但是，这些优势并不是中国消费者真正需要的。 have some advantages over4.guarantee
[教材P42原句] Success for Li Ning was guaranteed，
and it came quickly.
李宁的成功得到了保证，并且很快实现了。
(1)vt.保证，担保
①Health education is the fundamental way to resist
illness and guarantee people's health.
健康教育是抵御疾病，保证人们健康的根本途径。②I guarantee that you'll enjoy yourself.
我保证你玩得痛快。
③I guarantee to pay off his debt.
我保证还清他的债。
④This insurance loss in case of fire.
这项保险保证你在发生火灾时不受金钱上的损失。guarantees you against(2)n. 保证；担保⑤My watch is still .
我的表还在保修期内。under guarantee5.purchase
[教材P42原句] Today a Li Ning product is
purchased every ten seconds.
现在每10秒钟就有一款李宁牌产品售出。
(1)vt.购买，采购
①He purchased a red car last month.
他上个月购买了一辆红色轿车。②The equipment can be your local
supplier.
这种设备可从你当地的供应商购买。purchased from(2)n.所购买的物品、东西；购买，采购
③She filled the car with her purchases.
她把买的东西装上车子。
[语境串记]
He purchased a car， which was
the most expensive
purchase he had ever made.
他购买了一辆小汽车，这是他所买过的最昂贵的东西。6.symbol n.符号，象征
[教材P43原句] a symbol which represents a particular
brand
代表一个特定品牌的标识
①Hotels that show this symbol offer activities for children.
有这个标志的旅馆均举办儿童活动。
②The world's cities， a critical symbol of modern
civilizations， hold half of the world's population.
世界城市是现代文明的决定性象征，拥有着世界的
半数人口。symbol， sign， signal， mark[自填助记]
①At the corner of the main road is a saying “Parking Forbidden”.
②A red lamp is used as a danger .
③White has always been a of purity in Western cultures.
④Put a question at the end of that sentence.signsignalsymbolmarkⅠ.单词拼写
1.The young (运动员) competed with twelve
skilled competitors in the (田径运动) long jump.
答案：athlete； athletics
2.The (退休的) film star devoted himself to
orphans' education after (退休).
答案：retired； retirement3.Film stars from China and Hong Kong (表演) in
Beginning of the Great Revival (《建党伟业》) whose
(表演) attracted all the audience.
答案：performed； performance
4.Rich has an (优点) over you since he is clear
of his .(缺点)
答案：advantage； disadvantage
5.He cannot (保证) the punctual payment of the
goods supplied by a stranger.
答案：guarantee6.Most of their knowledge is s to the company
they work for.
答案：specific
7.He works day and night to earn enough money to
p a house.
答案：purchase
8.People regard Elephant Trunk Hill as the
s of Guilin.
答案：symbolⅡ.单项填空
1.Mr. Weller last month now lives at his ease.
A.resigned from B.retired from
C.resigning D.retiring
解析：resign意为“辞职”，可去另一职位工作；
retire“ 退休”。此处retiring last month是非谓语
动词作定语修饰Mr.Weller。
答案：D2.The lion is considered the king of the forest as it is
a(n) of courage and power.
A.example B.sign
C.mark D.symbol
解析：由句意“狮子被认为是森林之王，因为它是勇气和
力量的象征”可知，答案应选D。example“例子”；sign
“志”；mark“记号”。
答案：D3.Some Chinese peacekeeping policemen well
in the rescue actions of the Haiti Earthquake，all of
whom are heroes.
A.informed B.performed
C.reformed D.uniformed
解析：句意：许多中国的维和警察在海地地震救援
行动中表现优秀，他们都是英雄。inform“通知”；
perform“表现”；reform“改革”；uniform“使
一致”。
答案：B4.Riding bikes has advantages driving cars
many aspects.
A.above； in B.over； in
C.on； on D.with； on
解析：句意：骑自行车在很多方面比驾驶汽车有优
势。have advantages over ...“比……有优势，优
于……”；in many aspects“在很多方面”。
答案：B5.The fridge is for one year. It means that the
company promises to repair or replace it if it breaks
within a year.
A.satisfied B.guaranteed
C.recognized D.proved
解析：句意：这个冰箱的保修期为一年。也就是说这
家公司承诺在一年以内冰箱发生损坏，公司将予以修
理或更换。satisfy“使……满意”；guarantee“保证，
担保”；recognize“认出”；prove“证实”。
答案：B6.He gave his son some money for the of his
books.
A.pressure B.purchase
C.promote D.practice
解析：句意：他给儿子一些钱来购书。Pressure
“压力，压迫”；purchase“购买”；promote“促
进，提升”；practice“实行，实践”。由句意可
知B项正确。
答案：B1.as well (除……之外)又，
不但……而且
2.together 和……一起
3.even 尽管
4. a list of 列……的清单
5.be to do 下决心要做……
6.compete 与……竞争aswiththoughmakedeterminedwith7.be up of 由……组成
8.on the 正在增加
9.more 不只是；多于；超过
10. ten seconds 每十秒钟
11. an ambition 实现志向madeincreasethaneveryachieve1.together with和……一起
[教材P42原句] When sports journalists met in 1999
to make a list of the greatest sportsmen and
sportswomen of the twentieth century， Li Ning's
name was on it， together with footballer Pele and
boxer Muhammad Ali.1999年，当体育记者们在评选
20世纪最杰出的男女运动员时，李宁和球王贝利、
拳王穆罕默德·阿里一起名列其中。①He sent her some books， together with a dictionary.
他送了她几本书，外加一本词典。
②These new facts， together with the other evidence， prove the prisoner's innocence.
这些新的事实连同其他证据已证明在押者无罪。③They， as well as my father， to Washington.
他们和我父亲一起去华盛顿了。
④A teacher， with his students an English film.
一位教师跟他的学生们正在看一部英语电影。is seeingis seeing2.compete with 与……竞争
[教材P42原句] He decided to launch a new brand of sportswear， competing with global giants like Nike and Adidas.
他决定推出一种新品牌的运动服，同全球大公司耐克和阿迪达斯等竞争。
①No means of transport can compete with the speed， comfort and convenience of high-speed bullet trains if the destination is within two hours.
如果目的地在两小时之内， 别的交通方式都比不上高速火车的快速、舒适和便捷。②John was competing against James for the prize in math.
约翰和詹姆斯比赛争夺数学奖。
③Students are always competing for the attention of the teacher.
学生们总是争相获得老师的注意。
④How many runners will be competing in the marathon？
有多少赛跑选手参加本次马拉松？⑤compete sth. 争夺某物
⑥compete sth. 在……中竞争
⑦compete sb. 与某人竞争forinagainst3.be made up of由……组成
[教材P42原句] The bright red logo is made up of
the first two pinyin letters of Li Ning's name， L and N.
明亮的红色标志是由李宁名字的前两个拼音字母L和N组
成的。
①The Bull Team， as we all know， is made up of 15
players.
大家都知道，公牛队是由十五名球员组成的。②Twelve girls the performance team.
十二个女孩组成了表演队。
③Their diet consisted largely of vegetables.
他们的日常饮食以蔬菜为主。make up4.on the increase 正在增加
[教材P42原句] The number of young people with
money to spend was on the increase — and sport
had never been so popular.
有钱消费的年轻人的数量
在增加，而体育运动也得
到前所未有的普及。①Traffic accidents are on the increase as a result of the increase of private cars.
由于私家车的增加，交通事故不断增加。
②Homelessness is on the increase.
无家可归者越来越多。③The latest computers will be at the exhibition.
最新型的计算机将在展览会上展出。
④Are you here or just for pleasure？
你是因为公事还是仅仅为了消遣而来这里的？on showon business5.more than多于
[教材P42原句] In just a few years， Li Ning won
more than fifty percent of the national market.
短短几年中，李宁赢得了国内超过百分之五十的市场。①There are more than 70 students in our class.
我们班有70多人。
②She wishes to be treated as nothing more than a common girl.
她希望被当成普通的女孩子对待。
③The store is to deliver goods to your home.
本商店很乐意为您送货上门。more than happyⅠ.选词填空1.The trade between the two countries has also
been in recent years.
答案：on the increase
2.Before shopping they the
things they needed.
答案：made a list of 3.My father， his friends， has
been abroad.
答案：together with
4.Several companies are each other for the contract.
答案：competing with
5.For safety's sake， don't drive 30 kilometers
per hour in the city.
答案：more than
6.The tourist party teachers and students will
leave for Shanghai next week.
答案：made up ofⅡ.单项填空
1.The number of the burglaries in this area seems to be
increase.
A.on B.on the
C.in D.in the
解析：考查固定搭配。on the increase在增加， 在增
长，表状态。increase可作动词，也可作名词，意为
“增长，增加”。
答案：B2.Dr.Smith， together with his wife and
daughters， visit Beijing this summer.
A.is going to B.are going to
C.was going to D.were going to
解析：考查动词时态和主谓一致。主语中心词是
Dr.Smith，表单数，谓语动词用单数形式；时间状语
是this summer，表计划性的将来，故时态用一般将来
时，选A项。
答案：A3.He speaks English he speaks French.
A.as well as B.so well as
C.as good as D.much more better than
解析：句意：他的英语同法语说的一样好。此题
考查副词或副词短语修饰动词，B项用于否定句，
D项表述错误，应为much better than。
答案：A4.(2009·浙江高考)It took building supplies to
construct these energy-saving houses.It took brains，too.
A.other than B.more than
C.rather than D.less than
解析：考查短语辨析。语意：建造这些节能建筑不仅仅
需要建筑材料，也需要“脑子”。other than表示“除
了”；more than表示“不只是”；rather than表示“宁
可”；less than则表示“少于”。根据语意，这里选B项。
答案：B5.I go to visit Mr. Li who is living in the country
every weeks.
A.other B.fourth
C.a few D.few
解析：every few＋名词复数表示“每隔几……”，
few前不用冠词。
答案：D6.A cricket team eleven players.
A.consists of B.is consisted of
C.is made of D.makes up of
解析：be made up of ＝ consist of， 表示组成的部分，
consist of没有被动形式。
答案：A1. [句型展示] But it was this sense of failure that
made him determined to succeed in his new life.
但就是这种失败感使他决心在新的生活中取得成功。
[典例背诵] It was from only a few supplies that she
had bought in the village that the hostess cooked such
a nice dinner.
女主人仅用从村庄中购得的少数几样食品做出了如
此美味的一餐。2.[句型展示] A pair of Nike trainers， for example，
could cost up to five times as much as a similar Li Ning
product.
比如，一双耐克运动鞋的价格可能是一双李宁牌同类产
品的五倍之多。
[典例背诵] The new stadium being built for the next
Asian Games will be three times as big as the present
one.
在建的下届亚运会新体育场是现有体育场的三倍大。3.[句型展示] If you go into a school or university
anywhere， the chances are you will see students
in Li Ning tracksuits with the familiar logo.
如果你走进任何一个地方的中学或大学校园，你很
有可能看到穿着印有那个熟悉标识的李宁牌运动服
的学生们。[典例背诵] If you live in the country or have ever visited there， (the) chances are that you have heard birds singing to welcome the new day.
如果你住在那个村庄或者去过那个村庄，在那儿你可能会听到鸟儿欢唱着迎接新的一天。4.[句型展示] Whenever Chinese athletes step out
onto the track during the 2008 Olympics， they will
be wearing Li Ning tracksuits.
当中国体育健儿步入2008年奥运会赛场时，他们将
身穿李宁牌运动服。
[典例背诵] Whenever I see you， I will feel nervous.
无论何时见到你，我都会感到紧张。1.But it was this sense of failure that made him
determined to succeed in his new life.
但就是这种失败感使他决心在新的生活中取得成功。
(1)本句为强调句型，是对主语this sense of failure 的强
调。其基本构成为：It is/was ＋被强调部分＋
that/who (指人)＋其余部分。①It was Jane who paid for the meal yesterday.
昨天付饭钱的是简。
②It was the meal that Jane paid for yesterday.
简昨天付的是饭钱。
③ Jane paid for the meal.
是昨天简付的饭钱。It was yesterday that(2)强调句的一般疑问句形式为“Is/Was it ... that/who＋其
余部分？”；强调句的特殊疑问句形式为“特殊疑问
词＋ is/was it that/who ＋其余部分？”。
④Was it you that lost a watch yesterday？
昨天是你丢了一块手表吗？
⑤ made you so happy？
到底是什么使你这么高兴？
(3)not ...until的强调句式为“It is/was not until ... that ...”。
⑥ 1920 that regular radio broadcasts began.
直到1920年正常的无线电广播才开始。What was it thatIt was not until(4)判断强调句的方法：
如果在一个含有It is/was ... that ... 句子中，把It
is/was ... that ...删除后句子仍然成立，那么可以断定
它是一个强调句。
⑦(It is) Mary (that) has won the first place.
玛丽获得了第一名。2.A pair of Nike trainers， for example， could cost up
to five times as much as a similar Li Ning product.
比如，一双耐克运动鞋的价格可能是一双李宁牌同类产品
的五倍之多。
(1)句中five times as much as 是典型的倍数表达法，其具体
结构为：倍数＋as＋adj./adv.＋as。
①This room is four times as big as that one.
这个房间是那个房间的四倍大。
②This road is that one.
这条路是那条路的两倍长。twice as long as(2)倍数表达法的其他常用结构：
倍数＋形容词/副词比较级＋than
倍数＋the ＋名词(size， height， length， width
等)＋of
③This room is three times bigger than that one.
这个房间是那个房间的三倍大。
④This room is of that one.
这个房间是那个房间的四倍大。four times the size3.If you go into a school or university anywhere， the
chances are you will see students in Li Ning tracksuits
with the familiar logo.
如果你走进任何一个地方的中学或大学校园，你
很有可能看到穿着印有那个熟悉标识的李宁牌运
动服的学生们。
(the) chances are (that) ...很可能…… ①I shouldn't look forward too much to seeing Grace at
the party， for the chances are that she won't come
anyway.
我不该过多地期望能在宴会上见到格雷斯， 因为很可
能她根本就不会来。
② she's already heard the news that her
husband died in the mine disaster.
可能她已经听说丈夫在矿难中遇难的消息了。Chances are③It is likely that there will be a snowstorm tomorrow.
很可能明天将会有一场暴风雪。4.Whenever Chinese athletes step out onto the track during the 2008 Olympics，they will be
wearing Li Ning tracksuits.
当中国体育健儿步入2008奥运会赛场时，他们将
身穿李宁牌运动服。
(1)whenever相当于no matter when，此处引导让步
状语从句，意为“无论何时，每当”。①You seem to have a ready-made answer， whenever I ask you a question.
每逢我问你问题， 你好像总有现成的答案。
②Whenever your next high-adventure trip is scheduled， start preparing now.
无论你的下一次冒险旅行安排到什么时候，现在都要开始做准备。(2)whenever， wherever， however，相当于no matter
when/where/how，意为“无论何时/何地/如何”。它们
一般只能引导让步状语从句。
③Wherever/No matter where you are， you can
contact with me.
无论你在哪里，都可以与我保持联系。(3)whatever， whoever， whichever， whomever 既可
引导名词性从句，也可引导让步状语从句，在引导让
步状语从句时相当于no matter what/who/which/whom。
④ happens I'll take your side.
无论发生何事我都会支持你。
⑤Whoever/ calls tell him I am out.
无论谁打电话，告诉他，我出去了。WhateverⅠ.完成句子
1.虽然他块头比我大，但是他从来没有瞧不起我。
He never looked down on me he
was bigger.
2.只要你需要可以随时向我求助。
You can ask me for help you
need it. even thoughwhenever/no matter when3.到底是什么让你这么心烦？
made you so upset？
4.我们高中图书馆的图书是初中图书馆的三倍多。
The library of our senior high school has more
than that of my
junior high school.
What was it thatthree times as many books as Ⅱ.句型转换
1.It is likely that athletes will achieve their ambition by
training hard.
→ athletes will achieve
their ambition by training hard.
答案：Chances are that
2.No matter who needs it， I will give the book to him.
→I will give the book to needs it.
答案：whoever3.He didn't tell the truth until questioned by
a policeman.
→It was questioned by a policeman
he told the truth.
答案：not until； that
4.Not only my brother but also I am fond of playing table
tennis.
→ I my brother
fond of playing table tennis.
答案：as well as； am点击此图片进入“课时跟踪检测”课件67张PPT。Module 5 The Great Sports PersonalitySection Ⅲ Other Parts of the Module语言点一单词集释板块语言点二短语荟萃板块语言点三句型解构板块课时跟踪检测识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展应用
.
落实语篇理解课文自读
板块Ⅰ.True (T) or False (F).
1.Marathon is usually the most exciting event in the
Olympics. ( )
2.The distance of marathon has been the same as it
began. ( )
3.There are many marathons in the world every
year. ( )
答案：1.T 2.F 3.TⅡ.Read the passage “Marathon：the Ultimate Olympic Event” and choose the best answers.
1.Marathon was regarded as one of the events of the
Olympics in honour of .
A.the battle in Marathon
B.the victory of the Greeks over the Persians
C.the soldier who devoted his life to bringing the
news of a Greek victory against the Persians
D.the king of England who set the distance of the
Marathon2.Marathon is the final Olympic event
because .
A.it is the least attractive one
B.it cost the longest time
C.it is the longest distance run
D.it is regarded as the hardest one3.When the leader comes to run for the last metres，the
crowd rises to their feet to shout and cheer， from
which we can infer .
A.Marathon is welcomed and liked by people
B.there are many people watching the event
C.waiting people get impatient
D.Marathon is very interesting4.Who can be the runner of Marathon？
A.The strongest ones.
B.The athletes with gifts.
C.Most people who train for it.
D.The ones with strong will.
答案：1.C 2.D 3.A 4.CA.根据词性及汉语释义写出单词
1. adv.戏剧性地→ adj.戏剧性的
→ n.戏剧
2. vt.宣布，声明→ n.宣言，声明
→ adj.公开的
3. vi. 抗议→ n. 抗议→ n.
抗议者
4. n.冠军→ n.冠军称号
5. n. 竞争者，竞赛者；对手→ vi.
竞争，竞赛→ n. 竞争，竞赛dramaticallydramaticdramadeclaredeclarationdeclaredprotestprotestprotesterchampionchampionshipcompetitorcompetecompetitionB.词义配对
1.victory A.eventual； final
2.final B.the degree of worth of something
3.ultimate C.the number of points achieved in
a game
4.quality D.last match on a competition
5.score E.defeating an enemy or opponent in
a battle， game， or other competition
答案：1.E 2.D 3.A 4.B 5.C 1.score
[教材P46原句] How many goals did Pele score in
his first World Cup？
贝利在他第一次参加世界杯期间进了多少球？
(1)vt.& vi.得分；记分
Score a goal/ point 得分
①Hughes scored two goals before half-time.
休斯在上半场进了两个球。
②Unfortunately， he scored badly in the French test.
不幸的是，他在法语考试中得分很低。(2)n.(比赛时)得分，比分；成绩；二十
③The score was 2∶1 with a minute
left in the game.
④My score on the test was 95.
这次考试我得了95分。
⑤There are scores of students on the playground.
操场上有许多学生。2.protest vi.抗议；反对 n. 抗议；反对
[教材P49原句] The Americans protested and in the
end the American runner was declared the winner.
美国人提出抗议，最后美国选手被宣布为获胜者。
①They fully intend to protest the decision.
他们决意反对这项决定。
②The building work will go ahead， despite protests
from local residents.
尽管当地居民反对，建筑工程将照样进行。③Crowds of people the war.
成群的人抗议这场战争。
④She wrote a letter of apology but only under protest.她无奈之下写了一封致歉信。
⑤She accepted the charge .
她一声未吭地接受了指控。protested againstwithout protest3.declare vt.宣布，宣告；表明；宣称
①She declared that she didn't want to see him again.
她宣称再也不愿见到他。
②They declared him to be the winner.
他们宣布他为得胜者。③Do you think he will declare against the plan？
你认为他会反对这项计划吗？
④Spain declared war on Britain in 1796.
西班牙于1796年向英国宣战。
⑤They declared for the abolition of slavery.
他们声明赞成废除奴隶制度。⑥declare war 向……宣战
⑦declare /against sb./sth. 声明赞成/反对某人或
某事
⑧declare sb./sth.(to be)＋adj.
⑨declare that ... onfor声称某人或某事……宣告/宣称……declare， announce[自填助记]
①Everyone was silent as he the news.
②The country has war on the enemy.announceddeclaredⅠ.单词拼写
1.The government has (宣布) a state of
emergency.
答案：declared
2.She reached the (决赛) of the 100m hurdles.
答案：final
3.His tone changed (戏剧性) when he saw
the money.
答案：dramatically4.As we all know， one (特性) of wood is
that it can burn.
答案：quality
5.The little girl presented the (冠军) with a
victory garland (花环).
答案：champion
6.Since the year of 2010， police have been getting
(严厉) with drivers.
答案：tough 7.The (最终的) decision lies with the
parents.
答案：ultimate
8.Fraser (得分) again in the second half.
答案：scoredⅡ.单项填空
1.There have been calls for controls on the
quality of milk and other food products.
A.tough B.standard
C.rough D.ultimate
解析：句意：人们呼吁，对奶制品和其他食品的质
量要严格控制。tough“严厉的，强硬的”，符合句
意。rough“粗糙的”；standard“标准的”；
ultimate“最终的”。
答案：A2.If asked， I his opinion of going abroad for
further study. After all， it is a good chance to train
himself.
A.declared for B.declared against
C.agreed on D.protected against解析：考查短语辨析。由下文的After all， it is a good chance to train himself.可推知，“我”是赞成他出国留学的，故选择declare for，其意为“宣布赞成”。declare against“表态反对，声称反对”；agree on “对……达成一致意见”；protect against“使……免受……”。
答案：A3.Many people protest killing wild animals
for food.
A.for B.不填
C.against D.on
解析：句意：很多人反对杀害野生动物作为食物。
protest against“抗议/反对……”。
答案：C4.He hesitated for a moment before kicking the ball
otherwise he goal.
A.will score B.score
C.would score D.would have scored
解析：本题考查score作动词的用法。score作动词意为
“得分”。根据句意以及otherwise的含义可知这里应使
用虚拟语气，otherwise相当于if从句，此题中表示与
过去事实相反，故主句应用“would＋have done”形式。
答案：D1.vote 投票赞成
2. all 毕竟，终归
3.rise one's feet 站起身
4.according 按照
5.pick sb. 把某人扶起来
6. all time 有史以来
7.if 如果有可能
8.so 那又如何
9.the 战场foraftertotoupofpossiblewhatscene of the battle1.after all毕竟；终究；到底
[教材P47原句] Perhaps I'll vote for Beckham after all.
或许我最后还会投票选贝克汉姆。
①I don't know why you're so concerned — it isn't your
problem after all.
我不明白你为什么这样担心，这毕竟不是你的问题。②In all， there are 2,500 audience seated in the hall.
大厅里总共坐着2500名观众。
③He was a good and tireless writer.
他首先是一位优秀的、不知疲倦的作家。
④I was surprised at his coming .
他竟然来了，我很惊讶。above allat all[语境串记]
You shouldn't have scolded the boy at all； he is a child after all. Above all， he made only two mistakes in all.
你根本不该责备那个男孩，他毕竟还是个孩子。更重要的是，他总共才犯了两次错。2.of all time有史以来，从未有过
[教材P47原句] Li Ning was the best gymnast of all
time.
李宁是有史以来最优秀的体操运动员。
①Many people think him the best singer of all time.
许多人认为他是有史以来最优秀的歌手。
②Mozart was a composer， possibly the greatest
musical genius of all time.
莫扎特是一名作曲家，可能是有史以来最伟大的音乐天才。③That letter I was searching for was in my pocket
.
我要找的那封信其实一直就在我口袋里。
④Don't try to do everything at once； take it a bit
.
不要什么事情都一块儿干，要一次做一点儿。all the timeat a time3.rise to one's feet 站起身
[教材P49原句] As the leader comes into the stadium
to run the last few metres of the 42-kilometre race，
the crowd rises to its feet to shout and cheer.
当领先的运动员进入体育场跑那42公里比赛的最后几
米时，人们都会站起来欢呼喝彩。①He rose to his feet to thank all the listeners.
他站起来感谢所有的听众。
②Tom rose unsteadily to his feet to reply to the speech of welcome.
汤姆摇摇晃晃地站起身来回应着欢迎辞。③The boxer to continue the game.
那位拳手挣扎着站起来继续比赛。
④Yao Ming jumped to his feet， throwing the basketball into the hoop.
姚明跳起来，将篮球投入篮筐。struggled to his feetⅠ.选词填空1.Since different people like to do different things， we
would hobbies， taking in everything from
collecting match boxes to learning about the stars.
答案：make a list of
2.I'm still undecided about who to .
答案：vote for3.The organizer of the activity required that
we when the visitors came in.
答案：rise to our feet
4.I'll have to go to my aunt's funeral — she was my
own flesh and blood .
答案：after all
5.He slowly since he came out of hospital.
答案：has picked upⅡ.单项填空
1.The old man slowly to his feet and left the
meeting room.
A.raised B.rose
C.lifted D.increase
解析：句意：那位老人慢慢站起来，离开了会议室。
rise to one’s feet “站起身来”。raise， lift， increase
不与to one’s feet 搭配。
答案：B2.I thought I was going to fail the driving test but I
succeeded .
A.after all B.first of all
C.in all D.at all
解析：句意：我认为我不会通过这次驾驶考试的，
但我还是通过了。after all “毕竟”；first of all
“首先”；in all “总共”；at all 常用于否定句，
意为“一点儿也不……”。
答案：A3.Kathy a lot of Spanish by playing with the
native boys and girls .
A.picked up B.took up
C.made up D.turned up
解析：句意：凯西与当地的孩子们玩的时候学会了西
班牙语。pick up“学会(尤指外语或技术等)，捡起，
好转，接某人”；take up“拿起，从事，占据(时间或
空间)”；made up“构成，组成”；turned up“开大
(音量)，出现”。
答案：A4.Nowadays， many people their favorite
singers on the Internet.
A.vote against B.vote for
C.vote down D.vote out
解析：句意：现在，很多人在网上投票支持他们最
喜爱的歌手。vote for“投票支持”，符合句意。
答案：B5.Michael Jordan is one of the best basketball
players and he is my personal hero.
A.of all time B.at a time
C.at any time D.at times
解析：句意：迈克尔·乔丹是有史以来最佳的篮球运动
员之一，他是我的偶像。of all time“有史以来”，
符合句意。at a time“一次，每次”；at any time
“随时，在任何时候”；at times“有时，不时”。
答案：A1.[句型展示] The choice is up to you.
由你做出决定。
[典例背诵] It is up to you whether we accept the
present given by a Mr. Smith.
你来决定我们是否该收下一个叫史密斯的先生送来
的礼物。2.[句型展示] The marathon is the final Olympic event
because it is thought to be the hardest.
马拉松是奥运会的最后一项赛事，因为它被看作是最
艰难的比赛。
[典例背诵] The old man retiring from the company
was thought to be the most suitable person for the job.
大家都认为从公司退休的那位老人是最适合做这项工
作的人。 The marathon is the final Olympic event because it is
thought to be the hardest.
马拉松是奥运会的最后一项赛事，因为它被认为是最难
的项目。
(1)It is thought to be ...“(马拉松)它被认为是……；人们
认为……”，it 指代前面提到的“the marathon”。此句
型属于“sb. /sth. be thought/said/believed/reported to
do ...”结构。①He is thought to be the most popular singer in the country.
他被认为是全国最红的歌星。
②Mary the best candidate for the job.
玛丽被认为是这个工作的最佳人选。is thought to be③He is said to have got a
doctor's degree.
据说他获得了博士学位。
④They are believed to be
doing something special.
据认为他们在做一些特殊的事情。(2)“sb. be thought/said/believed/reported to do ...”结
构可转换成“It is/was thought/said/believed/reported
that ...”结构。
⑤Wang Fang is said to have gone abroad for further
education.
→ Wang Fang has gone abroad for
further education.
据说，王芳已经到国外进修去了。It's said that完成句子
1.The book he wrote in the 1970s is said
(翻译成) into many languages.
2.— Mr.Smith hasn't come yet.
— (那又怎么样)？We can finish the
work all by ourselves.
to have beentranslatedSo what3.In the old days， (由父母决定) who
their son or daughter married.
4.— What do you think of the accident happening last night？
— (恐怕) the driver of the Ford will be arrested
because of drunken driving.
it was up to parentsI'm afraid点击此图片进入“课时跟踪检测”课件61张PPT。Module 5 The Great Sports PersonalitySection Ⅳ Grammar and Writing写作讲座
通知语法讲座
状语从句考点精析专
题
练
习佳
作
观
摩技法指导专
题
练
习一、时间状语从句
常用来引导时间状语从句的从属连词有：when，
whenever， as， while， before， after， since， as soon
as等。
1.when， while和as 引导的时间状语从句。(1)when“当(在)……时”可表示瞬间时间；与主句中谓语
动词的动作同步发生，也可有先后。
It was snowing when we got to the airport.(同时发生)
我们到达机场时，天正下着雪。
He went home when he had finished his homework.
(先后发生)
做完作业后他回家了。[考题印证1]
(2011·浙江高考)One Friday， we were packing to leave for a weekend away my daughter heard cries for help.
A.after B.while
C.since D.when
解析：考查连词辨析。句意：我们正在收拾行李，这时我的女儿听到求救的呼喊。be doing ... when ...表示
“正在做某事，这时(突然)……”，是常用结构，故选D项。
答案：D(2)while正当(正在)……时；与……同时。
Please write while I read.
我念的时候，请写下来。
He listens to the radio while driving to work.
他去上班时一边开着车一边听音乐。(3)as“当……时”，不指先后，指动作或事件同时
发生；as还可说明两种正在发展或变化的情况。
As I looked， someone came near.
正当我看的同时，有人走近我。
As I get older， I get more optimistic.
我越活越乐观。2.一些表示时间的名词词组，如the moment， each
time， every time， the first time， the last time，
the next time， the minute， the instant等也可以用
来引导时间状语从句，起连词的作用。
Every time he came， he would bring me good news.
他每一次来，都会给我带来好消息。
The first time I went to Mount Tai， I was very happy.
第一次去泰山，我非常高兴。[点津]
一些副词如immediately， instantly， directly等后接句子时，意为“一……就……”。
Immediately the bell rang， the boys rushed out.
铃一响，男孩子们就冲出去了。3.till/until引导的时间状语从句。
主句的谓语动词如果是延续性的应用肯定式， 意
为“一直到……”，如果是非延续性的要用否定式，
意为“直到……才……”。
I waited till/until 9：00.
我一直等到9点钟。(wait为延续性动作)
I didn't go to bed until/till my father came back.
我直到父亲回来才上床睡觉。(go to bed为非延续性动作)[考题印证2]
(2011·上海高考)If a lot of people say a film is not good， I won't bother to see it， or I'll wait it comes out on DVD.
A.whether B.after
C.though D.until
解析：考查连词。句意：如果很多人说这部电影不好看，我也懒得去看了，或者我等到出了DVD再看。until意为“直到”，引导时间状语从句。
答案：D[点津]
在not ... until结构中not until 位于句首时主句部分倒装。在强调句中，强调until引导时间状语时，常把not提前，构成It isn't/wasn't until ... that ...。
It wasn't until 11 that he returned home.
直到11点他才回家。4.before和since引导的时间状语从句。
(1)若表达“还未……就……”“不到……就……”
“……才……”“趁……还没来得及”时，需用连
词before。
He had put the broken vase away before his mother
came back.
他趁妈妈还没回来就把打碎的花瓶收拾好了。[考题印证3]
(2010·陕西高考)John thinks it won't be long he is ready for his new job.
A.when B.after
C.before D.since
解析：考查连词。It won't be long before ...意为“不久就……”。句意：约翰认为他不久就会为新工作做好准备了。
答案：C(2)since从句的谓语动词一般是非延续性动词，主句
的谓语动词是延续性的或者是表示反复发生的动
作。since从句的时态通常是一般过去时，主句中
的时态则通常是现在完成时或现在完成进行时。
He has written to me frequently since I got sick.
自从我病了以后，他经常给我写信。[考题印证4]
(2011·四川高考)As is reported， it is 100 years Qinghua University was founded.
A.when B.before
C.after D.since
解析：考查状语从句。since conj. 自……以来，从……以后，引导时间状语从句。句意：据报道，自清华大学建立以来已有一百年了。It is＋一段时间＋since从句表示自从……以来已有多长时间了。
答案：D二、条件状语从句
条件状语从句是由if， once， as long as， as/so far as， unless， on condition that， in case引导。
1.if和unless是最常用的条件从句连接词，unless 在
意义上等于if ...not ...，并且语气较强。if还可用于
虚拟条件句。You will improve your oral English if you keep on practising.
如果你继续练习的话，你将会提高你的英语口语。
If I were you， I would give up smoking at once.(虚拟条件句)
如果我是你，我会立即戒烟。2.in case 后接一般现在时，一般过去时或包含
should的从句，为主句的动作提供理由。
Don't go out tomorrow morning in case Mr. Li
should come to visit you.
明天上午不要出去以防李先生来拜访你。 [考题印证5]
(2011·山东高考)He had his camera ready he saw something that would make a good picture.
A.even if B.if only
C.in case D.so that
解析：句意：他准备好了相机，万一看见能拍一张好照片的东西(就可以拍下来了)。结合句意，可知应选in case，意为“以防，万一”。even if “即使”；if only “要是……就好了”；so that 表结果或目的。
答案：C三、让步状语从句
让步状语从句由although， though， as， even if， however， whatever， no matter who等词引导。
1.although 与though引导让步状语从句，二者可互
换，且都可与yet，still或nevertheless连和，但不与
but连用。though引导让步状语从句，可使用倒装结
构，但although引导的状语从句不倒装。He didn't stop working though/ although he was ill.
他虽然病了，但未停止工作。
Young though she is， she knows how to deal with such a thing.
她虽然年轻，但懂得如何处理这件事。(本句中though不可换为although)[考题印证6]
(2011·全国卷Ⅱ)It was a nice meal， a little expensive.
A.though B.whether
C.as D.since
解析：考查连词。句意：那顿饭真美味，尽管有点贵。though“尽管”，引导让步状语从句，该句使用了省略形式，补全后为“though it was a little expensive”。注意as 也可以
表示“尽管”，但as 作“尽管”讲时，必须使用倒装结构。
答案：A2.as引导的让步状语从句要倒装，被倒装的部分可以是表
语、状语和动词原形。若表语是名词，前置时要省略冠
词。
Hard as she tried， she failed to pass the exam.
尽管她努力了，但还是没有通过考试。
Fail as he did， he would never give up.
尽管失败了，他也决不会放弃。
Intelligent student as he is， he doesn't study hard.
尽管他是个聪明的学生，但他不努力学习。 [考题印证7]
(2011·新课标全国卷)Try she might，Sue couldn't get the door open.
A.if B.when
C.since D.as
解析： 考查as的用法。 连词as引导让步状语从句， 从句通常采用倒装语序， 即把表语、 状语或动词放在句首。因此可判断空白处填as。 句意： 虽然Sue可能尝试了， 但是她无法打开门。
答案：D3.whatever (however ...)和no matter what ( how ...)这
两种形式都可引导让步状语从句，意义无差别。
Whatever(＝No matter what) happens，we will
not change our mind.
无论发生什么事，我们都不会改变想法。
However difficult (No matter how difficult) the
work is，we will try our best to finish it in time.
无论工作多么困难，我们都要尽力及时完成。[考题印证8]
(2011·辽宁高考)No matter how ， it is not necessarily lifeless.
A.a desert may be dry B.dry a desert may be
C.may a desert be dry D.dry may a desert be
解析：考查句子语序。句意：无论沙漠多么干，它并不一定没有生命存在。首先，how 后面紧跟的应是其修饰的形容词dry，故排除A、C两项；此外，此处要用陈述句语序，故B项正确。
答案：B4.even if/even though引导让步状语从句。
He will never give up even if there is much difficulty.
即使有很多困难，他也永远不会放弃。
5.while也可引导让步状语从句，突出对比主句和从句
所表示的两种情况。一般要位于句首。
While he is young， he is experienced.
他虽然年轻，却有经验。[考题印证9]
(2011·北京高考) volleyball is her main focus， she's also great at basketball.
A.Since B.Once
C.Unless D.While
解析：考查让步状语从句。根据主句内容可知，她也擅长打篮球，由此可知排球是她的强项，故选 while 引导让步状语从句。
答案：D6.whether引导的让步状语从句。
Whether you go or not， I will go to visit my
teachers.
不管你去不去，我都要去看望我的老师。1.The girl had hardly rung the bell the door was
opened suddenly， and her friend rushed out to greet her.
答案：before
2.I will cooperate I am told in time.
答案：as long as3. he thought he was helping us with the work，
he was actually in the way.
答案：Although
4. we gave him something to eat， he would
save it up for his little sister.
答案：Whenever
5. he comes， let me know.
答案：In case6.I worked he came back.
答案：until
7.I got in touch with Charles I received his
letter.
答案：immediately
8. I admit that there are problems， I don't
agree that they cannot be solved.
答案：WhileⅡ.单项填空
1.We were just calling you up you
came in.
A.about； when B.on the point of； while
C.on the point of； when D.on the point of； as
解析：句意：我们正想给你打电话，你就进来了。表
示“正要做某事时，突然又发生另一件事”的句型是：
was /were just about to do sth. ... when ... 或was /were
just on the point of doing sth. ... when ...。
答案：C2.Babies sleep l6 to l8 hours in every 24 hours， and
they sleep less they grow older.
A.while B.as
C.when D.after
解析：表示主、从句的谓语动词同时变化的“随
着……”，只能用as。
答案：B3.Most animals have little connection with animals of
a different kind， they hunt them for
food.
A.if B.while
C.unless D.as
解析：句意：大多数动物与其它不同种类的动物
都没有什么联系，除非是把它们猎为食物。
unless“除非、如果不”。
答案：C4.— Peter told me he wanted to come with us.Is it OK
for you？
— I don't mind he pays for his meals.
A.as far as B.as well as
C.as long as D.as soon as
解析：答句句意：只要他愿意出自己的饭钱就可以
和我们一起去。as long as“只要”，符合句意。
答案：C5.I shall take you to France you are well
enough to travel.
A.quickly B.directly
C.finally D.happily
解析：句意：你的身体一足够好我就带你去法国
旅游。directly作连词，表“一……就……”，其他
项没有此用法。
答案：B6. John was watching TV， his wife was
cooking.
A.As B.As soon as
C.While D.Till
解析：句意：约翰看电视的时候，他的妻子正在做饭。
while引导的从句的谓语动词是延续性的，并强调主句
和从句的动作同时发生(或者相对应)。
答案：C7.I was so familiar with her that I recognized her
voice I picked up the phone.
A.the moment B.after
C.before D.while
解析：名词短语the moment用作连词，相当于as
soon as，引导时间状语从句，意为“一……就……”。
类似用法的还有the minute， the instance， directly，
immediately等。
答案：A8. all of them are strong candidates，
only one will be chosen for the post.
A.Since B.While
C.If D.As
解析：考查状语从句。句意：虽然候选人都很厉
害，但是只有一个人能够当选。while意为“虽然，
尽管”时，引导让步状语从句。
答案：B9.You are certain to live your dream you make
great efforts and lay emphasis on improvements in
efficiency.
A.on condition that B.as far as
C.even though D.in case
解析：句意：你当然能实现梦想，只要你努力并把重
点放在提高效率上。on condition that “在……条件下”。
as far as 与 I know 或I am concerned连用意为“就我所
知”。even though 引导让步状语从句，意为“即使”。
in case“万一”。
答案：A10. ， I have to put it away and focus my
attention on study this week.
A.However the story is amusing
B.No matter amusing the story is
C.However amusing the story is
D.No matter how the story is amusing
解析：引导状语从句时no matter how相当于however，
其后接形容词或副词。
答案：C 五月四日，高三年级一班和二班之间将进行一次有关环保问题的演讲比赛(a talk show on environment protection)。此前，二班邀请清华大学的Dr. Li做相关内容的报告。假定你是二班的班长，请你草拟一个有关报告会的通知。
注意：
1.内容应包括提示及表格内的全部要点；
2.词数100左右；
3.开头和结尾已为你写好。 May I have your attention， please？
①As you know， our class will have a talk show on environment protection with Class One on May 4th. ②Before it takes place， we will invite Dr. Li from Qinghua University to give us a talk on the environment problem and he will also tell us about the improvement in environment protection in recent years in Beijing. ③The report will begin at 2：00 p.m. on Wednesday， April 30th in the auditorium on the third floor in the classroom building.
④Everyone should be there on time， then listen to the report and make full notes at the same time， making good preparations for the coming talk show.
⑤By the way， we will have a discussion after the report.
That's all. Thank you.第一段：说明了邀请Dr. Li作报告的原因以及报告
的内容。
第二段：说明了报告会举行的时间、地点。
第三、四段：说明了参加报告会应注意的事项。①句中as you know 方式状语引导语篇使话题亲切、自然；
②句运用了invite sb. to do sth. 以及连词and 连接两个句子，使句型变得丰富，彰显语言运用功力；
③句用一句话介绍报告举行的时间和地点，简洁明确；
④句情态动词should的运用使得要求明确，并且使用非谓语动词短making good preparations for the coming talk show作状语，使句型变得丰富顺畅。 本模块的写作任务是写一则通知。通知是上级对下级、组织对成员传达事情、安排工作、召集会议所使用的一种文体，属于应用文范畴，要求言简意赅，措辞得当，时间及时，要想写好书面通知应注意： (1)在第一行中间位置写Notice或者NOTICE。
(2)通知的正文包括：被通知的对象、时间、地点、注意事项等。正文一般可采用文章式，为了醒目也可采用广告式。广告式要求简明扼要，一个句子可以写成几行，且各行的第一个字母一般都大写。 (3)发出通知的人或单位一般写在正文前或者正
文右下方。
(4)发出通知的日期常写在正文的左下角且低于通知发出单位，也可写在正文的右上方。
(5)人称与时态：一般采用第三人称，如正文前有称呼语则使用第二人称；时态常用现在时态及将来时态。[佳句必背]
1.We’re going to have a meeting in ...at ...
2.Our school is going to hold a lecture about ...at ...
3.Anyone who is interested may come.
4.Please meet at 7：30 outside the school gate.
5.The sports meet which was to take place this
Saturday has to be put off because of the heavy
rain these days.6.Please take your notebooks with you and be sure
on time.
7.The lecture will last about three hours.
8.Please be quiet， everyone！I have something
important to tell all of you.
9.Everyone is asked to be there on time.
10.Be sure not to be late.
11.Looking forward to your active participation.
12.It is organized by ... 请以宿舍管理委员会的名义写一份通知，2012年4月3日发出。内容如下：
1. 时间：4月5日晚上7点。
2. 地点：3号楼103房间。
3. 内容：学生宿舍安全问题：安全用电、火灾应变、防止失窃等。
4. 参加人员：每间寝室一名同学。
5. 要求：带笔记本，按时到场，做好记录，并传达给室友。注意：
1. 通知的格式已经为你写好，不计入总词数；
2. 词数：100左右。
参考词汇：学生宿舍 dormitory 盗窃theft(n.)[参考范文]
Notice
A meeting is going to be held in Room 103 of Building 3 at 7 on the evening of April 5.
Problems to be talked about at the meeting include the safety of the dormitories， proper use of electricity， what to do in case of fire， prevention of theft and so on. A member of each dormitory is required to attend. They should take notebooks with them and arrive on time. They should take notes carefully and after the meeting they are to inform their roommates of what is discussed and what measures will be taken.
The Dormitory Committee
April 3rd， 2012课件33张PPT。Module 6 Animals in DangerSectionⅠ Introduction & Reading —Pre-readingStep
4Step
3Step
2Step
1Step
5?1.Why would the coal miners take a bright yellow
canary down into the mines with them about 100
years ago？
2.According to the passage， what factors make the
habitats (栖息地) for birds smaller and smaller？ About 100 years ago， coal miners would take a bright yellow canary (金丝雀)down into the mines with them. The miners wanted to hear the bird's sweet song， but not for the reason you might think. As long as the canary sang， the miners knew the air in the mine was clean and safe. If the canary got sick， they knew it was time to go. The expression“a canary in a coal mine” came to mean a warning device. But with global warming， the canary isn't a canary at all. It's a purple finch.
As temperature across the United States has gotten warmer， the purple finch has been spending its winters more than 400 miles farther north than before. A National Audubon Society study published last month found that more than half of 305bird species in North America，including robins， gulls， chickadees and owls， are spending the winter about 35 miles farther north than they did 40 years ago. Birds move for many reasons： They get chased away by more buildings and fewer trees， or they go in search of neighborhoods with backyard feeders. But researchers say the only explanation for why so many birds over such a broad area are wintering in more northern locales is global warming. Over the 40 years covered by the study， the average January temperature in the United States climbed by about five degrees. That warming was most noticeable in northern states， which have already recorded more southern birds. “This is as close as science at this scale gets to
proof，”said Greg Butcher， the study's lead scientist.
“It is not what each of these individual birds did. It is the
wide diversity of birds that suggests it has something to
do with temperature， rather than ecology”.
“The study shows a very， very large fraction (部分)
of the wintering birds are shifting northward”， said
Terry Roob， a biologist at Stanford University. “We
don't know for a fact that it is warming. But ... we know
it is not just a figment (虚构) of our imagination.” Some birds will expand their range farther north. For example， the Carolina wren has turned into a Yankee (美国人的北方佬)， based on Audubon's calculations. It is now commonly seen in the winter well into New England as well as its namesake state of South Carolina.
Other species， such as the purple finch， spend their summers in the forests of Canada and fly south into the United States for the winter. Climate change could be playing a role in why they are not flying as far south as they used to.1.Look at the pictures of endangered animals， can
you make a list of other animals in danger now in
the world？答案： panda， antelope， elephant， tiger ...2. What do you think are the reasons for making the
animals become extinct？
I think the reasons are
参考答案：climate changes/pollution/poacher's
hunting/cutting down too many trees/natural disasters.Choose a topic for each paragraph according
to the text. 答案：1. B 2. D 3. E 4. C 5.ARead the passage carefully and do the following tasks.
Task 1： Choose the best answers according to the passage.
1.Why was Jiesang looking for the poachers？
A. To fight with them.
B. To join them in hunting.
C. To stop them from killing the antelopes.
D. To ask them to hunt.2. The poachers were surprised at .
A. Jiesang's order to ask them to put down their guns
B. Jiesang's quick movement
C. Jiesang's bravery
D. being found by Jiesang 3. The quick decrease of the antelopes is due to .
A. the freezing and bad living conditions
B. their expensive wool
C. the illegal export of the shawls
D. the killing from the poachers4. What has the Chinese government done to protect
the antelopes in the past years？
A. Passing laws to ban the trade of the wool from the
antelopes.
B. Setting up nature reserves.
C. Catching the poachers and confiscating their
vehicles.
D. All of the above.5. Which of the following statements is NOT the
reason for the increase of the antelopes？
A. The Chinese government has won the battle
against the poachers.
B. The Chinese government has taken an active
part in protecting the antelopes.
C. Many volunteers come from all over the country
to help.
D. The co-operation between the countries.
答案：1.C 2.C 3.D 4.D 5.ATask 2： Answer the following questions.
1.Why was Jiesang shot and killed？
答案：He wanted to stop the poachers from
killing the Tibetan antelope.2.Where is it that the wool of the antelope is made
into the shawls？
答案：It is in India that the wool of the antelope is
made into shawl3.What are the results of the protection？
答案：(1) 3,000 poachers were caught and 300 vehicles
confiscated.
(2) The antelope population has begun to grow slowly
since 1997.4.Which sentence in the passage can replace the following
one？The poachers often work at night. They shoot the
whole herds of antelopes at a time， and leave only the
baby antelopes because their wool is not worth as much
as the adult antelopes'.
答案：Often working at night， the poachers shoot whole
herds of antelopes at a time， leaving only the babies，
whose wool is not worth so much. 1. a freezing cold day in January
1994， Jiesang Suonandajie gave his life because of
2. the Tibetan antelope. By the 1990s，
the 3. of the Tibetan antelopes had
4. from millions of them to about 50,000.
The reason is that the wool of the Tibetan antelope is the most 5. in the world and brings huge
6. to the poachers.Onnumbersavingfallenexpensiveprofit Often at night， whole herds of antelopes are shot and
7. on the spot， 8. only the babies. Then the wool is taken to India to make 9. ， which are 10. to rich countries in North America and Europe. In the 1990s， the Chinese government began to
11. the antelopes actively. Over the next ten years about 3,000 poachers were caught and 300 vehicles
12. . Meanwhile， in those countries
13. the shawls are sold， police are getting
14. with the dealers， 15. the antelope population increasing slowly since 1997.skinned leaving shawls exported protect confiscated where tough making What can we do to help the endangered animals？ 参考答案：1.make laws to protect endangered animals.
2.create more nature reserves.
3.protect the environment.
4.work as a volunteer.
5.plant more trees instead of cutting them down.课件93张PPT。Module 6 Animals in DangerSection Ⅱ Introduction & Reading语言点一
单词集释
板块语言点二短语荟萃板块语言点三句型解构
板块识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展课时跟踪检测A.根据词性及汉语释义写出单词
1. adj.灭绝的；绝种的→ n.灭
绝；绝种
2. n.挣扎；斗争→ v.奋斗；拼搏
3. vt.保护→ adj.保护的；防护的
→ n.保护
4. adj.理想的→ n.理想主义
→ v.(使)理想化
5. n.毛皮→ vt.剥皮；去皮→ n.
毛皮商；剥皮者extinctextinctionstrugglestruggleprotectprotectiveprotectionidealidealismidealizeskinskinskinnerB.用所给词的适当形式填空
1. We should do our best to save (endanger)
species.
2. In this place are no signs of human (habitat).
3. He who does his duty is (worth) of being
praised.endangeredhabitationworthy4. Andrew (spot) the advert in the paper
was a worker.
5. The drug (confiscate) by local police
has been destroyed by burning.
6.She’s due to arrive on Thursday. (mean-while)，
what do we do？spottingconfiscatedMeanwhile1.endangered adj.濒危的；有危险的
[教材P51原句] But the Siberian tiger is not the
only endangered species. Another famous animal in
danger is the giant panda， whose habitat is in China.
但是西伯利亚虎并不是唯一的濒危物种。另外一种著
名的濒临灭绝的动物是大熊猫，它的栖息地在中国。①This rare bird has become an endangered species.
这种珍禽已成为濒临灭绝的物种。
②Fourteen percent of primate species are highly endangered.
14% 的灵长类物种处于高度濒危状态。 ③He was driving in a manner likely to endanger life.
他当时以一种很可能会危及生命的方式开车。
④The little boy was once in danger of losing his sight， but the doctor helped him out of danger.
那小男孩曾经处于失明的危险，但是医生帮助他脱离了危险。
⑤He put his country in danger by helping the enemy.
他帮助敌人危害本国。
⑥He came to rescue us in time of danger.
在危急关头他来救援我们。⑦ danger 在危险中
⑧in danger 有……的危险
⑨ danger 脱离危险
⑩in time of danger inofout of在危急关头2.struggle
[教材P51原句] The question is： What can we
do to help them in their struggle for survival？
问题是：在它们为生存而挣扎的过程中，我们能
做些什么来帮助它们？(1)n.挣扎；斗争；努力
①After a long struggle， she overcame all the
difficulties in completing the task.
她经过长期的努力，克服了完成那件任务中的
所有困难。
②He never gave up the struggle over slavery.
他从没放弃对奴隶制的斗争。(2)v.斗争；挣扎；奋斗；艰难行进③He his enemies and eventually drove them off.
他同攻击他的敌人进行搏斗，最后把他们赶走了。
④He has been struggling to succeed in his business.
＝ He has been struggling for success in his business.
为使事业成功，他一直努力奋斗着。
⑤The soldier was badly wounded but
he at last.
这个战士受了重伤但最后还是挣扎着站了起来。
struggled with/againststruggled to his feet3.protect vt.保护
[教材P51原句] ...an area of land where animals are
protected
……一个动物受到保护的地方
①The disabled woman raised her arm to protect her
child from hurt.
那名残疾妇女伸出手去，保护他的孩子免受伤害。②Wearing dark glasses can protect your eyes from being burnt by the sun.
戴墨镜可以保护眼睛不被阳光灼伤。
③Many British wild animals are
now the Wildlife and Countryside Act.
英国的许多野生动物现在受到《野生生物及乡野法》的保护。
under the protection ofprotect， prevent， guard， defend[自填助记]
①We shall our motherland， whatever the cost.
②Mr. Smith keeps a dog to the house located in the northwest of the city.
③The new measures are designed to the public from people like these.
④No one can you from attending this meetdefendguardprotectprevent4.worth adj.值……钱；值得的
[教材P53原句] ... leaving only the babies，
whose wool is not worth so much.
……只留下那些毛不怎么值钱的幼崽。①The picture given to his friend is worth at least twenty pounds.
给他朋友的那张图片至少值二十英镑。
②Whatever is worth doing at all is worth doing well.
任何值得做的事就值得做好。
③Mount Tai is a place once again.
泰山是一个值得再次游览的地方。worth visiting④You will find it to make friends with such a person.
你会发现同这样一个人交朋友是值得的。
⑤There occurred nothing that was worthy to be mentioned.
没有值得一提的事发生。worthwhile5.spot n. (某事发生的)准确地点；现场vt.发现；认出；
玷污；弄脏
[教材P53原句] The animals are skinned on the spot
and the wool taken to India， ...
被猎杀的藏羚羊被就地剥皮，羊毛被运送到印度……
①He spotted a serious mistake in the accounts.
他在账目中发现了一个严重的错误。
②This is the very spot where the accident happened.
这就是事故发生的地点。③The police were on the spot within a few minutes of hearing about the crime.
获悉有关犯罪消息的几分钟后，警察赶到了现场。
④Berry spotted Franco outside her kitchen door when she first met him.
贝莉第一次遇到弗兰克时，看到他正站在自己的厨房
门外。
⑤His new shirt oil.
他的新衬衫上满是油点。standingwas spotted withⅠ.单词拼写
1.He took over the post knowing that it might (危
及) his life.
答案：endanger
2.As we all know， Dinosaurs have been (灭绝)
for millions of years.
答案：extinct
3.This kind of cricket's (栖息地) is being
destroyed and it has nearly died out.
答案：habitat4.The (斗争) for independence was long and
hard.
答案：struggle
5.He was hit by a falling tree and killed on the s .
答案：spot
6.Her experience makes her i for the job.
答案：ideal7. He is in fairly good c considering what
he has been through.
答案：condition
8. A line of forts was built along the border to
p the country against attack.
答案：protectⅡ.单项填空
1.Many animals and plants are . We should take
measures to save the animals and plants.
A.dangerous； dangerous
B.in danger； dangerous
C.in danger； endangered
D.endangered； dangerous
解析：句意：许多动植物处于危险中。我们应该采取措
施去拯救将要灭绝的动植物。
答案：C2.Experts say we should take more serious control of the
Internet， so that we can our children from
harmful websites.
A.protect B.keep
C.prevent D.defend
解析：句意：专家们说我们应当更加严格地控制因特
网，这样我们可以保护孩子们不受不健康网站的影响。
此句要用 protect 表示“保护”；prevent 和 keep 都表
示“预防”，后面要用 from doing； defend表示“保
卫”，不符合句意。
答案：A3.The incomes of skilled workers went
up. unskilled workers saw their earnings fall.
A.Moreover B.Therefore
C.Meanwhile D.Otherwise
解析：句意：熟练工人的工资增加了。与此同时，非
熟练工人看到他们的收入下降了。meanwhile“与此同
时 ”；moreover“另外”；therefore“因此”；
otherwise“否则”。
答案：C4.It's been proved that potatoes taste better if they
are cooked without being .
A.skinned B.removed
C.sharpened D.abolished
解析：句意：已得到证明，不剥皮煮土豆，味道
会更好。此句要用 skin 表示“剥皮”。Remove
“除掉”； sharpen“变锋利”；abolish“废除”。
答案：A5.You will your health if you work so hard，
eat a little food and sleep badly.
A.fail B.improve
C.help D.endanger
解析：句意：如果你努力工作，吃得很少，睡眠不好，
这会危害你的健康。fail是不及物动词，后面不接宾语；
improve“改善”； help“有助于”，这两个词不符合
句意。endanger“使……处于险境”。
答案：D6.Though bought several years ago， the computer is
still in good .
A.situation B.condition
C.standard D.position
解析：句意：这台电脑虽然是几年前买的，但是
状况仍然良好。in good condition“状况好”。
situation“形势”；standard“水平”；position
“位置，立场”。
答案：B7.It is difficult to judge whether what he did .
A.is worth to be praised
B.is worthy being praised
C.is worthy of being praised
D.is worth of being praised
解析：be worth doing/be worthy of being done/be
worthy to be done 表示“值得(被)做”。
答案：C8.When the thief found the police had already him，
he ran away quickly.
A.realized B.known
C.spotted D.stared
解析：句意：那名盗贼发现警察已经发现他的时候，迅
速逃走。spot 在此作动词，表示“发现”。
答案：C1. to 由于，幸亏
2.according 按照
3.give one's life ... 为……而献身
4.make ... 由……制成
5.come fashion 开始流行起来；成为时尚
6.get tough 对……采取强硬措施
7.take an active part 积极参加
8.put 放下
9. a time 一次
10. number of ……的数量thankstotofromintowithindownatthe1.put down 放下
[教材P52原句] He shouted to the poachers to
put down their guns.
他大声喊叫着让偷猎者放下他们的枪。①Let me put down your telephone number incase I forget it.
②Put down that book and help your mother with the dishes.
③The bus stopped to put down some passengers.
④They had to call the police in order to put down the riot
(骚乱).写下，记下放下让乘客下车镇压，平定⑤We put off holding the meeting because of the bad weather.
由于天气很糟糕我们推迟召开会议。
⑥She can't your strange behaviors.
她不能容忍你的这些古怪行为。put up with2.give one's life to为……而献身，把一生献给……，
赋予……生命(活力)
[教材P52原句] He had given his life to save the
Tibetan antelope.
他为拯救藏羚羊献出了生命。①The drowning child who he gave his life to save became a famous scientist thirty years later.
那名他献出生命拯救的落水儿童三十年后成为一位有名的科学家。
②The teacher's joke gave life to the dull class.
老师的笑话使沉闷的课堂活跃起来。③Forty passengers in the high-speed train crash that occurred in Wenzhou.
40名乘客在温州动车相撞事故中丧生。
④It is a great pity that such a beautiful girl should lead a life below stairs.
这么漂亮的女子过着仆人般的生活，真是可惜。
⑤He the children who lived in the mountain areas.
他致力于教育生活在山区的孩子们。lost their livesdevoted himself to teaching3. at a time 一次；每次
[教材P53原句] Often working at night， the poachers
shoot whole herds of antelopes at a time ...
那些偷猎者常常在夜里出动，每次捕杀掉整群的
藏羚羊……
①Take two pills at a time.
每次服两粒药。②He was at one time so devoted to playing the piano.
他曾经那么沉迷于弹钢琴。
③I have a dog and a cat， but they fight all the time.
我养了一只猫和一只狗，但它们老是打架。
④It's a very creative place， but at the same time it's
very relaxing.
这是个非常有创造性的地方，然而又是个能使人松弛的
地方。
⑤He went to the badminton club at times during his
school days.
他上学时时常到羽毛球俱乐部去。⑥at one time
⑦at the same time
⑧at times
⑨all the time 曾经，一度同时，然而时常，经常总是，老是4.come into fashion成为时尚，流行
[教材P53原句] But in the 1990s the shawls came
into fashion among rich people.
但到了20世纪90年代，这种藏羚羊毛披肩在有钱人
中间流 行开来，成为时尚。 ①Using the iPhone 4S， which looks the same as the
iPhone 4 will come into fashion soon.
使用外观与iPhone 4一样的 iPhone 4S 很快又将流行了。
②This style of coat came first into fashion when I was
a boy.
这种样式的大衣是我小的时候开始流行的。③Lots of students think using an abacus (算盘) to calculate .
很多学生认为使用算盘计算已经过时了。
④Jeans are still in many big cities among the young.
在许多大城市的青年人中，牛仔裤仍然很流行。has gone out of fashionin fashion5.get tough with 对……采取强硬措施；对……采取
坚决态度
[教材P53原句] ...， police are getting tough with the
dealers.
……警方开始严厉打击藏羚羊毛披肩的贩卖者。
①The government will get tough with people who avoid
paying taxes.
政府将对逃税者采取强硬手段。
②He'll never pay up unless you get tough with him.
如果你对他态度不强硬，他是绝不会把钱付清的。③She's almost 90 but she's still .
她都快90岁了，但还是很强健。
④My mother my older sister than she was on me.
我母亲对我姐姐比对我更严厉一些。as tough as nailswas tougher onⅠ.选词填空1. Bricks and dishes are various kinds
of clay.
答案：made from
2. People will never forget the soldiers
who liberate our country.
答案：gave their life to3. Most of the people like dressing themselves .
答案：in fashion
4. It was your timely help that we accomplished
the task on time.
答案：thanks to
5. We had to the people destroying
environment.
答案：get tough withⅡ.单项填空
1. I lost in English learning， but my teacher
often said to me， “Keep on working hard， and you'll
succeed .”
A.At a time； in time B.At a time； on time
C.At one time； in time D.At one time； on time
解析：考查与 time 相关的短语。at a time 意为“一次”；
at one time 意为“曾经”；in time “最终，迟早”；on
time “按时”。
答案：C2.The young like fashion， which is normal. But
once I saw an old lady wearing beautiful
clothes and dancing， which made me crazy.
A.out of fashion B.follows the fashion
C.bring into fashion D.in fashion
解析：句意：年轻人喜欢时尚是很正常的，但有
次我看到一位老太太身着漂亮衣服在跳舞，着实
让我感到有些发疯。
答案：D3.Please speak slowly， and I can't what
you said.
A.put up B.put down
C.put out D.put forward
解析：考查短语辨析。句意：请慢点儿说，我不能记下
你说的。put up “张贴，搭建”；put down “写下，放
下”；put out “扑灭，出版”；put forward “提出”，
故答案为B项。
答案：B4.He was prepared to for the revolutionary
cause.
A.giving his life B.give his life
C.give life D.gives his life
解析：be prepared to 意思是“准备做……”，to 是
不定式符号，排除A项。give one's life to/for
“为……献身”。句意：他准备为革命事业献出自己
的生命。根据句意选择B项。
答案：B5.When the fighting started， police and reporters
were soon on the .
A.place B.position
C.spot D.location
解析：句意：打斗开始时，警察和记者很快赶到
现场。on the spot 是固定搭配，意为“在现场”。
答案：C1. [句型展示] Although surprised， the poachers had
an advantage — there were more of them.
偷猎者虽然感到惊慌，但他们占着人多的优势。
[典例背诵] The experiment shows that proper
amounts of exercise， if carried out regularly， can
improve our health.
实验表明，如果我们经常进行适量的锻炼，能够增进
我们的健康。2. [句型展示] Often working at night， the poachers
shoot whole herds of antelopes at a time，leaving
only the babies， whose wool is not worth so much.
那些偷猎者常常在夜里出动，一次就捕杀掉整群的藏
羚羊，只留下那些毛不怎么值钱的幼崽。
[典例背诵] Hearing that my daughter got ill， I
quickly telephoned my relatives for help because I lived
far away from her.
因为我远离女儿，所以一听说女儿病了，我就马上给
我的亲戚打电话请他们帮忙。3.[句型展示] But today the government seems to be
winning the battle.
如今，政府似乎正在赢得这场战争。
[典例背诵] People seem to have drunk far too
much tonight， people present excepted of course.
今晚大家似乎喝酒喝得太多了，当然在座的各位
除外。1. Although surprised， the poachers had an advantage
— there were more of them.
偷猎者虽然感到惊慌，但他们占着人多的优势。
Although surprised是状语从句的省略，相当于
Although they were surprised。
状语从句的省略原则如下：
(1)当 though， when， until， if， unless 等引导的时间、
条件或让步状语从句中的主语与主句的主语相同，或主
语是 it，且从句的谓语动词又是含有be的某种形式时，
可以省去从句中的主语和be。①Unless (you are) invited， you should remain silent at the meeting.
除非邀请你讲话，否则你应该在会议上保持沉默。
②If (it is) necessary， you can contact me at home.
如果必要的话，你可以在家里和我取得联系。(2)从句中的主语和谓语动词是主动关系时，用动词-ing
形式；从句中的主语和谓语动词是被动关系时，用动
词-ed形式。
③ to take part in the meeting，
you will be asked to give a speech.
一旦你被选中参加会议，就会要求你发言。
④The young man died a
fellow soldier to doctor.
那名年轻人在紧急的把战友送去就医的途中牺牲了。Once (you are) chosenwhen (he was) rushing2.Often working at night， the poachers shoot whole
herds of antelopes at a time，leaving only the babies，
whose wool is not worth so much.
那些偷猎者常常在夜里出动， 一次就捕杀掉整群的藏
羚羊，只留下那些毛不那么值钱的幼崽。
working at night和leaving only the babies作状语，前者
作伴随状语，后者作结果状语。句子主语 the poachers
与动词 work，leave 在逻辑上存在主谓关系，故用v.-ing
形式作状语。v.-ing 形式作状语还可表示时间、条件、
原因等。 ①Seeing his son get on the bus， her eyes are full of tears.
看到儿子上了汽车，她眼里满是泪水。
② ， he stopped to have a rest.
完成任务后，他停下来休息一会儿。
③The man died young， leavingnothing but debt.
这个人年纪轻轻就死了，除了债务
之外什么也没留下。
④He worked late into deep night，
.
他工作到深夜，结果累得筋疲力尽。Completing the taskmaking himself exhausted3.But today the government seems to be winning the
battle.
如今，政府似乎正在赢得这场战争。
(1)seem为系动词，其后跟了不定式作表语。不定式
采用进行时表示目前存在的情况。
①All the children seem to be reading carefully.
所有的孩子似乎都在认真地读书。
②The little boy seems to be thinking about my
question.
那个小男孩似乎在思考我的问题。(2)除跟不定式的进行时作表语之外，seem后面还可
跟不定式的一般式 to do 和完成式 to have done。
③ He doesn't the serious
situation.
他似乎没有意识到严峻的形势。
④My mother seems the truth.
我母亲好像已经知道了真相。seem to understandto have knownⅠ.完成句子
1.Father advised me not to say anything until (问
及) the reason for getting the first prize in the test.
2. (看着窗外)， we saw many
beautiful peculiar mountains.
3.When I asked him to tell me why he was late again，
he seemed (在想
另一个问题).
askedLooking out of the windowsto be thinking about another question4.The scientist (他的
地址你已经告诉我) will be visited by my partners
and me.
5.He nodded to us， (暗示) that he was
satisfied with our work.
whose address you've told mesuggestingⅡ. 单句改错
1.When completing， the new bridge will become an
important way to the city.
答案：completing → completed
2.He came to the city hope to find a better job.
答案：hope → hoping3.My uncle seemed to have told when I took his
precious watch.
答案：have 后面加 been
4.The old man disappeared in the forest， left his son
searching for him here and there.
答案：left → leaving5.That’s the new machine which parts are too small to be seen.
答案：which → whose点击此图片进入“课时跟踪检测”课件90张PPT。Module 6 Animals in DangerSection Ⅲ Other Parts of the Module语言点一单词集释板块语言点二短语荟萃板块识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握理解
.
拓展识
记
.
掌
握应用
.
落实理解
.
拓展应用
.
落实语篇理解课文自读
板块语言点三句型解构板块课时跟踪检测Ⅰ.True (T) or False (F).
1.The WWF was founded in Switzerland in the
year 1961. ( )
2.Peter was both a painter and a
naturalist. ( )
3.At present the organization has branches
in 130 countries. ( )4.The WWF only pays attention to protecting wild
animals in danger. ( )
5.Saving the panda is one of the projects that the
WWF is carrying out in China. ( )
答案： 1.F 2.T 3.F 4.F 5.TⅡ.Read the passage “WWF” quickly and finish the chart.in danger of extinctionthe famous panda logoin 1961/in the same yearhas branchessupportersnature conservationenvironmentenvironmental educationsince 1980an officethirty staffA.根据词性及汉语释义写出单词
1. n. 目标；目的→ v. 目的在于；旨在
→ adj. 漫无目的的
2. n.奇迹→ adj.精彩的；绝妙的
3. adj. 活的→ adj.现场直播的
→ adj. 生机勃勃的；活跃的
4. n.首字母→ adj. 最初的；开始的
→ adv. 最初；开始
5. n. 能源；精力；活力→ adj.
精力充沛的aimaimaimlesswonderwonderfullivelivelivelyinitialinitialinitiallyenergyenergeticB. 根据英文释义及首字母提示写出单词
1. ： to contain as a part； to connect
closely
2. ： to give attention to one particular
subject， situation or person rather than another
3. ： the fact of being extinct involvefocusextinction4. ： one of the offices or groups that form
part of a large business organisation
5. ： to use， consume， or spend
thoughtlessly or carelesslybranchwaste1.aim n. 目标；目的v.瞄准；对准；旨在……
[教材P54原句] The World Wide Fund for Nature
is an organisation whose aim is to protect wildlife.
世界自然保护基金会是一个以保护野生动植物为
目的的组织。 ①Now we have to take aim at the problem and try to get it solved.
现在我们不得不正视这个难题并试图解决它。
②He aimed his gun at the eagle spreading its wings.
他把枪瞄准那只正在展开翅膀的鹰。
③You should always aim at doing your job well.
你应该永远以搞好你的工作为目的。
④The funds will be used to set up 61 projects that aim to control pollution.
这些资金将用于兴建61个旨在控制污染的工程。⑤take aim 向……瞄准
⑥aim 瞄准；目标是
⑦aim ... 用……瞄准……
⑧aim sth. 打算做atatsth. atto do2.involve vt.涉及；包括
[教材P55原句] But the trade also involves live animals.
但这种贸易也包括(贩运)活着的动物。
①The test will involve answering some questions about
the old photo.
考试将包括回答一些关于这张旧照片的问题。
② Painting the room involved moving out the piano.
粉刷房间就得把钢琴搬出去。③ He wanted to be actively involved in school life.
他想积极投入学校生活。
④ I didn't want to the argument.
我不愿意卷入这场争论之中。
⑤ She has no intention to her older sister.
她不打算与她的姐姐取得联系。be involved inget involved with3.wonder
[教材P55原句] One of the wonders of the insect world.
昆虫世界中的奇观。
(1)n. [C]奇迹，奇观；[U]惊奇
①The 2000-year-old Jordanian city of Petra is
among the New Seven Wonders of the world.
有两千年历史的约旦佩特拉古城是世界新七大奇迹之一。
②There was a look of wonder in his eyes.
他眼中露出惊奇的神色③ he is not hungry； he has been eating sweets all day.
难怪他不饿，他整天吃糖果。
④ she should have failed in the exam.
令人惊奇的是，她竟然考试没过关。No wonder/It's no wonderIt is a wonder that(2)vt. & vi.想知道，觉得奇怪；不明白⑤Many people wonder at the beauty of nature.
很多人赞叹大自然的美。
⑥I my daughter has completed her homework.
我想知道女儿是否已经完成了家庭作业。wonder if4.focus
[教材P59原句] The focus of attention has changed，
too.
(WWF)关注的焦点也已经发生了变化。
(1)n.焦点；(兴趣活动等的)中心
①This generation has made the environment a focus
of attention.
这一代人使环境成为关注的焦点。②I don't like taking those drugs because they make my eyes go out of focus and I can't see clearly.
我不喜欢服用那些药因为它们伤我的眼睛，使我看不清东西。(2)vt. & vi.(使)聚集；(使)集中
③It's so noisy outside that I can't focus on what I am
doing now.
外面太吵了，我根本就不能把注意力集中在所做的
事情上。
④When studying， he focused his mind/attention on
his lessons.
读书时， 他集中心思于功课上。⑤ 集中在……；聚集于……
⑥focus one's on ...
集中注意力于……
⑦ 焦点没有对准；不清晰的mind/attentionfocus ongo out of focusⅠ.单词拼写
1.They were (监听) the radio broadcast from
that country.
答案：monitoring
2.While I was working as a waiter last month， my friend
was (躺) on the beach.
答案：lying
3.She (目标) to achieve her goal after two years.
答案：aimed4.The football match will be broadcast (现场)
tonight.
答案：live
5.I believe he is (关心) about all those matters
you mention.
答案：concerned
6.The i talks were the base of the later agreement.
答案：initial
7.The bank has b in all parts of the country.
答案：branches8.He traversed (穿越) alone the whole c of
Africa from east to west.
答案：continent
9.She always wants to be the f of attention.
答案：focus
10.Young people usually have more e than
the old.
答案：energyⅡ.单项填空
1.Some children tend to be distracted by new things
so that they cannot on their study.
A.absorb B.attract
C.focus D.involve解析：句意：有些孩子容易受新生事物的影响，以至
于他们不能集中精力学习。focus on表示“集中精力
在……”；absorb“吸收”，常用结构be absorbed in
“专心做某事”；attract“吸引”，常用结构attract one's attention“吸引某人的注意力”；involve“牵
涉”，常用结构be involved in“牵涉到”。
答案：C2.Many people give up what they are doing halfway.
I think it is a waste of time， ， and， in
some cases， even money.
A.force B.power
C.energy D.strength
解析：energy“精力”，符合句意。
答案：C3.I don't want to get in some endless
argument about who is to blame.
A.included B.involved
C.concerned D.affected
解析：include“包括”；concern“涉及，关心”；affect
“影响”；get/be involved in表示“卷入，陷入”，为固
定搭配。
答案：B4.The president is now on a visit to China， at
expanding relations between the two countries.
A.aims B.to aiming
C.being aimed 20D.aimed
解析：考查非谓语动词。be aimed at 意为“目的是，目
的在于”，在句中作伴随状语，相当于aiming。
答案：D5.— Helen has been working at a local language
school for 3 years.
— she is so familiar with the city.
A.No doubt B.No wonder
C.Now that D.As a result
解析：根据上一句内容可知答语句意：难怪她对这
个城市这么熟悉。no doubt “无疑”；no wonder
“难 怪”；now that“既然”；as a result“结果”。
根据句意选B项。
答案：B6.－He says that my new car is a of money.
－Don't you think those words are just sour grapes？
A.lack B.load
C.question D.waste
解析：lack “缺乏”；load“负担”；question“问题”；
waste“浪费”。根据句意，尤其是下句的sour grapes
(酸葡萄)可知，a waste of money“浪费钱”，符合语境。
答案：D1.be home 是……的故乡(产地)
2. the wild 野生的；处于野生状态的
3.be concerned sth. 关心某事；担心某事
4. keep an eye 照看；留意；密切注视
5.go 袭击；适用于
6.feed (动物) 以……为食
7.on the of 在……的边缘
8.set 建立
9.be supposed 理应，应该；被认为
10.stand 代表 toinaboutonforonbrinkuptofor1.be concerned about sth.关心某事；担心某事
[教材P57原句] I'm concerned about the future of
wildlife in Africa.
我担心非洲野生动物的未来。
①His mother is always concerned about his future
and his happiness.
他的妈妈常为他的前途和幸福担心。②As far as I am concerned， to set up law to punish those who see people dying and refuse to lend a hand is the last choice.
在我看来，立法惩罚那些见死不救的人是我们最后的选择。
③He was only indirectly concerned in what took place.
他只是间接与所发生的事情有牵连。
④They show great anxiety concerning their retirement allowance (津贴).
他们对自己的养老金问题显得十分焦虑。
⑤You always show concern for us.
你一向关心我们。⑥as far as I'm 就我而言，在我看来
⑦be concerned /with 与……有牵连
⑧ prep. 关于
⑨show for 关心concernedinconcerningconcern2.feed on (动物)以……为食
[教材P58原句] They feed mostly on insects and
small reptiles， but also eat fish and frogs.
他们主要以昆虫和爬行动物为食，但是也吃些鱼和
青蛙。
①Owls feed on mice and other small animals.
猫头鹰以老鼠和其他小动物为食。 用……喂养/饲养……
feed sb./sth. with sth. 向……提供……
be fed up with 受够了，厌烦 ②We feed sheep on grass.
＝We grass sheep.
我们用草喂羊。
③This moving belt the
machine raw material.
这条传送带供给机器所需之原料。
④Most students were fed up with the traditional teaching methods.
大多数学生已经厌烦了传统的教学方式。feedtofeeds with feed on， live by， live[自填助记]
①He tried to writing， but it did not provide a good enough income.
②The Irish used to a diet of potatoes.
③Butterflies the flowers of garden plants.live bylive onfeed on3.stand for代表；支持，主张；(否定句中)容忍，忍受
[教材P59原句] The initials，WWF， stand for World
Wide Fund for Nature.
缩略词WWF代表“世界自然保护基金组织”。
①“BRICK”stands for Brazil， Russia， India and
China.
“BRICK”(金砖四国)代表的是巴西、俄罗斯、印度和
中国。②I am not going to stand for that kind of behavior.
我再也不能容忍那种行为了。
③Whatever happens， I will stand for you all the time.
无论发生什么情况，我都会支持你。④How can you and let him treat his dog like that？
他那样虐待他那只狗，你怎么能袖手旁观呢？
⑤We all forms of cruelty， especially to children.
我们反对任何形式的虐待， 尤其是虐待儿童。
⑥She as the best in the class.
她是全班最杰出的学生。stand bystand againststands out4.set up建立；成立
[教材P59原句] Then， in 1995， the organisation
set up an office in Beijing.
接着，1995年该组织在北京成立了办事处。
①A new school was set up there after the earthquake.
地震后那里建起了一座新学校。
②The company has decided to set up three branches
in China.
这家公司已经决定在中国设立3个分支机构。 ③“Coat Brother” Zhu Zhiwen a few hours to practise singing in the shabby house each day.
“大衣哥”朱之文每天都要腾出一些时间在那所破旧的房子里练习唱歌。
④The Chinese Vice-President Xi Jinping to visit the United States on Feb 13 on a three-country tour.
国家副主席习近平于2月13日起程出访三个国家，首站美国。set asideset out/off⑤Do you know how to going on this work？
你知道怎样着手进行这项工作吗？
⑥Panic on the stock market set off a wave of selling.
股票市场上人心惶惶，掀起抛售浪潮。set aboutⅠ.选词填空1.In flat open country there is plenty of grass for the
cattle to .
答案： feed on
2.The government claimed to unemployment.
答案：be concerned about3.Please my house when I am out on holiday.
答案：keep an eye on
4.John go to bed before 10 o'clock every day.
答案：is supposed to
5.We Chinese peace and wish to settle all
disputes by peaceful means.
答案：stand forⅡ.单项填空
1.The programme of VOA Voice of America
is popular with many English learners.
A.stand for B.stands against
C.which is stood for D.which stands for
解析：从句法分析看出，本题考查定语从句，排除
A、B两项，而stand for作“代表”讲时无被动语态。
答案：D2.Einstein liked Bose's paper so much that
he his own work and translated it into
German.
A.gave off B.turned down
C.took over D.set aside
解析：句意：爱因斯坦如此喜欢博斯的论文，以至
于他把自己的工作放到了一边，把它翻译成德文。
set aside“把……放到一边”；give off “放出，发出
(气体)”；turn down“拒绝”；take over“接管”。
答案：D3.Tom， don't others. It is you who are
to blame.
A.go in for B.go in with
C.go for D.go after
解析：句意：汤姆不要抨击他人，是你该受责备。
go for “袭击”，符合句意。go in for“爱好，参加考
试”；go in with“与某人合伙”；go after “追求”。
答案：C4.— Why was our foreign expert unhappy yesterday？
— News about the earthquake in Japan a
feeling of homesickness.
A.set up B.set out
C.set about D.set off
解析：句意：“为什么昨天我们的外国专家不高兴？”
“日本发生地震的消息使他非常想家。”set up“建立”；
set out“出发”；set about“开始着手做某事”；set off
“动身，引发”。
答案：D5.The meeting was concerned reforms and
everyone present was concerned their own
interests.
A.with； for B.with； with
C.for； about D.about； with
解析：句意：这个会议与改革有关，每个在场的人
都担心自己的利益。be concerned with sth.
“和…… 有关”； be concerned for/about sth.
“担心某事”。
答案：A6.Britain's butterflies have suffered their worst year
for a quarter of a century， with many species
being .
A.in the brink of extinction
B.on the brink of extinction
C.on the brink of extinct
D.at brink of extinct
解析：考查短语搭配。on the brink of extinction
“处在绝迹的边缘”。句意：英国蝴蝶经历了25年
来最难熬的一年，许多物种处在灭绝的边缘。
答案：B7.You should water this plant once a week and it
minerals in spring and autumn.
A.add； to B.add to； with
C.feed on； with D.feed； on
解析：分析句意，可知 it 指this plant， A、B两项句意
不通。C项on 与with重复，故本题选择D项。feed ... on ...
意思是“用……喂养”，在此译为“施肥”。句意：你应该
每周给这种植物浇水，春夏两季给它施肥。
答案：D1. [句型展示] Only about 1,000 survive，most of
them in Siberia.
只有大约1000只老虎幸存，大部分在西伯利亚。
[典例背诵] Leaves falling here and there， I
suddenly notice autumn is drawing down.
树叶四处飘落，我猛然注意到已是深秋。2. [句型展示] The WWF believes that our world has a
future only if people learn to conserve nature and not
waste energy.
世界自然保护基金组织相信只有人们学会保护自然，
不浪费能源，我们的世界才有未来。
[典例背诵] Only if I get a job will I have enough money
to buy the car which I yearn for day and night.
我只有找到工作才有足够的钱去买那辆我梦寐以求的汽车。1.Only about 1,000 survive， most of them in Siberia.
只有大约1000只老虎幸存，大部分在西伯利亚。
本句中most of them in Siberia是独立主格结构。独立
主格结构本身不是句子，但在语意上相当于一个句子，
通常在句中作状语，表示时间、原因、条件、伴随状
况等，也可作后置定语。
常见的独立主格结构形式：(1)名词/主格代词＋现在分词：独立主格结构的主语
是现在分词所表示动作的执行者。
①Weather permitting， I will leave for Beijing to
attend the professor's lecture.
天气允许的话，我将动身去北京参加那位教授的讲座。
(2)名词/主格代词＋过去分词：独立主格结构的主语是
过去分词所表示动作的承受者。
②The plan successfully ， everything
worked out perfectly.
计划成功的完成了，一切进展顺利。carried out(3)名词/主格代词＋不定式：独立主格结构的主语是
不定式所表示动作的执行者，往往表示还未发生的
动作或状态。
③So many children ， the mother has
to quit her job.
如此多的孩子要照顾，那位母亲不得不辞掉了工作。to look after(4)名词/主格代词＋形容词/副词。
④Arriving at the spot， they were all standing in
surprise face to face， eyes wide open.
一到现场，他们都面对面吃惊地站着，眼睛瞪得
大大的。
⑤Music ， all the audience stood up with fits
of applause.
音乐一结束，所有的观众都站起来报以热烈的掌声。over(5)名词/主格代词＋介词短语。
⑥Many experts attended the conference， most of
them from the States.
很多专家参加了这次会议，其中很多人来自美国。2.The WWF believes that our world has a future only if
people learn to conserve nature and not waste energy.
世界自然保护基金组织相信只有人们学会保护自然，
不浪费能源，我们的世界才有未来。
only if “只要……”，用于引导陈述语气的真实条件句。
用于句首时，主句应部分倒装。①It is accessible to every citizen only if you get a special card.
只要有特种卡片，每个市民都可进入。
②Only if it is flowing fast， carry away the soil.
只有雨水在流得很快的时候才能带走泥土。can rainwateronly if， if only[自填助记]
①As many as 150 miners died in the accident.
the mine owners had paid enough attention to the safety measures！
②You can take up a part-time job it doesn't affect your normal study.If onlyonly if完成句子
1.Only if you eat the correct foods (你将会) be able to keep fit and stay healthy.
2.There were so many difficulties to overcome.
(要是他在这儿就好了).
will youIf only he had been here3.The guide (领路)， we had no
trouble getting out of the forest.
4. (有很多作业要做)， I have
to stay at home all day.
5.He has two sons， (两个都是)
college students.leading the wayLots of homework to doboth of them点击此图片进入“课时跟踪检测”课件63张PPT。Module 6 Animals in DangerSection Ⅳ Grammar and Writing写作讲座事物介绍类说明文语法讲座
定语从句考点精析专
题
练
习佳
作
观
摩技法指导专
题
练
习一、定义和结构
1.在句中起定语作用，修饰句中名词/代词的从句
叫定语从句，被定语从句所修饰的名词/代词叫
先行词。
定语从句由关系代词或关系副词引导，位于先
行词之后。2.关系代词：who/whom/whose/which/that/as
关系副词：when/where/why
关系代词/副词既引导定语从句，又在定语从句中充
当一定的成分。
I don't know the man who/that you mentioned in your
sister's birthday party.
我不认识你在你妹妹生日宴会上提到的那个人。
The factory where my father works is in the east of
the city.
我父亲工作的工厂在城市的东部。二、关系代词引导的定语从句The boy who is standing there is my cousin.
站在那里的男孩儿是我表弟。
The man (whom) you met yesterday is Mr. Smith.
昨天你遇到的那个人是史密斯先生。
Do you know the boy whose father/the father of whom is an engineer？
你认识他父亲是工程师的那个男孩儿吗？
He lives in a house whose windows/the windows of which face south.
他住在一所窗户朝南的房子里。Children like to read books which have wonderful pictures.
孩子们喜欢读有漂亮图片的书。
The pen (which) my uncle gave me is missing.
我叔叔给我的钢笔不见了。
A plane is a machine that can fly.
飞机是一台能飞的机器。The lady that we saw in the supermarket yesterday is my English teacher.
昨天我们在超市见到的那位小姐是我的英语老师。
As is known to all， Edison invented the electric lamp.
众所周知，爱迪生发明了电灯泡。
I want to read such a book as/the same book as you read.
我想和你读一样的书。[考题印证1]
1－1(2011 ·福建高考) She has a gift for creating an atmosphere for her students allows them to communicate freely with each other.
A. which B. where
C. what D. who
解析：考查定语从句的连接词， 此处which 作从句的主语， 指代前面的整个部分“She has a gift for creating an atmosphere for her students”。
答案：A1－2(2011 ·全国新课标)The prize will go to the writer story shows the most imagination.
A. that B. which
C. whose D. what
解析：考查定语从句。句意：这个奖项会颁发给所写故事展现最大想象力的作家。先行词为the writer，story与其是所属关系，故选C。
答案：C三、关系副词引导的定语从句I'll never forget the day when I joined the Party.
我永远不会忘记我入党的那天。
Texas is one of the only six states where guns must be hidden.
得州是全国仅有的六个枪支必须隐藏的州之一。
None of us knew the reason why Tom was absent from the meeting.
我们没人知道汤姆缺席会议的原因。[考题印证2]
2－1(2011· 天津高考)The days are gone physical strength was all you needed to make a living.
A. when B. that
C. where D. which
解析：考查定语从句。when引导定语从句修饰the day。
句意：全部靠体力挣钱谋生的时代已经过去了。
答案： A2－2(2011 ·浙江高考)A bank is the place they lend you an umbrella in fair weather and ask for it back when it begins to rain.
A. when B. that
C. where D. there解析：主句主系表结构俱全，后面一定是起修饰作用的定语或状语从句，看意思从句是在解释前面的place是一个怎么样的地方，确定是定语从句且先行词即the place。而从句主谓宾结构俱全也不缺成分，因此用连接副词where在从句中代替the place充当状语。句子的中文直译：银行，是在天晴之时借伞给你，到了下起雨来之时就催你还回去的地方。
答案：C[点津]
关系代词与关系副词的区别
关系代词在从句中作主语、宾语、表语或定语；关系副词在从句中作时间、地点或原因状语。因此，选用关系词前，要仔细分析句子结构。
This is the factory (that/which) we visited last year.
这是我们去年参观的工厂。
This is the factory where we worked last year.
这是我们去年工作过的工厂。[考题印证3]
(2011 ·山东高考)The old town has narrow streets and small houses are built close to each other.
A. they B. where
C. what D. that
解析：句意：这座古老的城镇街道狭窄，矮小的房屋一座挨着一座。本句为典型的限制性定语从句。需选择一个关系代词代替先行词narrow streets and small houses，指物时用which或that。
答案：D四、“介词＋关系代词”引导的定语从句
1.该结构中，关系代词指人时只能用whom；指物
时只能用which。
The activity in which we took part was connected
with environmental protection.
我们参加的那个活动与环保有关。2.该结构中选用介词的依据：
(1)根据定语从句中谓语动词的搭配习惯(即固定
短语)。
Yesterday we visited the West Lake for which
Hangzhou is famous.
昨天我们到杭州著名的西湖游览。
(2)根据先行词的搭配习惯(约定俗成，不一定是短语)。
The old woman with whom you talked just now is
a famous artist.
你刚才与之谈话的老太太是一位著名的艺术家。(3)根据句子的意思来选择。
The naughty boy made a hole in the wall through
which he could see what is happening outside.
那个淘气的孩子在墙上打了个洞，透过那个洞他
能看到外面发生了什么。[点津]
有时在“介词＋关系代词”前也会出现名词、代词、数词等，构成“名词/代词/数词……＋介词＋which/ whom”结构。通常该结构中的介词为of；该结构中的名词/代词/数词……也可置于which/whom之后。Recently I bought a second-hand car， the price of which was very reasonable./ Recently I bought a second-hand car， of which the price was very reasonable.
最近我买了一辆二手车，车的价格很合理。
Tom has three children， two of whom are studying in China.
汤姆有三个孩子，其中两个在中国学习。[考题印证4]
4－1(2011 ·湖南高考)Julia was good at German， French and Russian， all of she spoke fluently.
A.who B.whom
C.which D.that
解析：考查定语从句中关系代词的用法。介词后只能使用的关系代词是which，who， whose，因为句子中关系词指代是语言，故选C。
答案：C4－2(2011· 江西高考)She showed the visitors around the museum， the construction had taken more than three years.
A.for which B. with which
C.of which D. to which解析：句意：她带领游客参观了博物馆，这家博物馆的建造历时三年多。construction意为“建设，建造”。前后句中间有逗号，construction之后要表达的应该是前文中提到的名词museum，即the construction of the museum，因此断定此句考查介词＋关系代词引导的非限制性定语从句，用of which，选C。介词＋关系代词引导的定语从句中介词的选择是难点，请记住秘诀是：介后加 which或whom，先行词中把线索寻。
答案：C五、限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句
1.有些定语从句对先行词具有限制作用，使该词的含义
更明确、具体，这种从句叫限制性定语从句，这类从
句不能省略，否则句子的意义就不完整。
Do you remember the teacher who taught us English？
你还记得教我们英语的那位老师吗？2.定语从句有时和先行词的关系并不十分密切，只是
做一些附加说明，不起限制作用，这种从句叫非限制
性定语从句。这种从句，常用逗号与主句隔开。这种
从句有时不修饰前面的词，而是代表前面一句话的内容。
Tom， who came to see me yesterday， is an old friend
of mine.
汤姆——昨天来看望我的那个人——是我的一位老朋友。
He gave her mother a TV set， which pleased her a lot.
他送给母亲一台电视，这使她非常高兴。[考题印证5]
5－1(2011 ·安徽高考) Whatever is left over may be put into the refrigerator， it will keep for two or three weeks.
A. when B. which
C. where D. while解析：考查定语从句。句意：剩下的任何东西都可以放入冰箱，在那里可以保存两三周。本题考查非限制性定语从句的关系副词。由句型结构可以看出，该题中的先行词refrigerator在从句中作介词的宾语，该介宾结构在定语从句中作地点状语，故选择关系副词where。when在从句中作时间状语；which在从句中作主语或宾语；while是连词，不能用于定语从句。
答案：C5－2(2011·北京高考)Mary was much kinder to Jack than she was to the others， of course， made all the others upset.
A.who B.which
C.what D.that
解析：句意：玛丽对杰克比对其他人要好得多，当然，这也让其他人沮丧。本题的难度来源于插入语of course，把它去掉之后，不难看出是考查which引导非限制性定语从句，which 代替整个主句，所以选B。
答案：B[点津]
as与which 引导的非限制性定语从句的区别
(1)as 引导的非限制性定语从句既可以放在主句前，
也可以放在主句后，有时还可插入主句中间。
which引导的非限制性定语从句通常放在主句之后。(2)as意为“正如……”，后面的谓语动词多是see，
know， expect， say， mention， report 等；
which意为“这一点”。
Avatar is a very successful film， as is known to all.
众所周知，《阿凡达》是一部非常成功的电影。
The sports meeting was put off， which astonished us.
运动会推迟了，这让我们很吃惊。[考题印证6]
(2011·全国卷Ⅱ)Ted came for the weekend wearing only some shorts and a T-shirt， is a stupid thing to do in such weather.
A.this B.that
C.what D.which
解析：句意：Tad来度周末，只穿了短裤和T恤，这样的天气这么做有点傻。两句之间没有连接词，说明是主从复合句，后半句是定语从句，用which代替前面主句整句话引导非限制性定语从句。
答案：DⅠ.用适当的引导词填空
1.I refuse to accept the blame for something was
someone else's fault.
答案：that
2.Tim studied in a village school， is named
after his teacher.
答案：which3.The newly-built cafe， the walls of are painted
light green， is really a peaceful place for us， especially
after hard work.
答案：which
4.That's the new machine parts are too small to
to be seen.
答案：whose
5.The Science Museum， we visited during a
recent trip to Britain， is one of London's tourist
attractions.
答案：which6.I'd like to settle down in a place the weather
is cool and everything is full of life all the year round.
答案：where
7.She was educated at a high school， she
went on to Beijing University.
答案：after which8.I bought two ball pens， none of writes
well.
答案： which
9.I want to use the same tools are used in your
factory.
答案：as
10.They've won their last three matches， I find
a bit surprising.
答案：whichⅡ.单项填空
1.A person e-mail account is full won't be able
to send or receive any e-mails.
A.who B.whom
C.whose D.whoever
解析：句意：一个邮箱邮件满了的人不能再收发任何
邮件。e-mail account前缺少定语，故用whose引导定
语从句。
答案：C2.My friend showed me round the town， was
very kind of him.
A.which B.that
C.where D.it
解析：句意：我朋友领我参观了这座城镇，这真是太
好了。分析句子结构可知，此处用which引导非限定
性定语从句，指代整个主句的内容，即我朋友带我参
观城镇这件事。
答案：A3.— What do you think of being a teacher， Bob？
— I find it fun and challenging. It is a job you
are doing something serious but interesting.
A.where B.which
C.when D.that
解析：句意：“你怎么看待教师这个职业，鲍勃？”
“我发现它有趣也有挑战性。在这个职业中你做的是严
肃但又有趣的事情。”where在句中为关系副词，引导
定语从句，修饰先行词a job。
答案：A4.What really matters at a debate is not what you
say but the way you say it.
A.what B.that
C.whether D.it
解析：句意：在论坛中有影响的不是你说了什么
而是你说话的方式。the way后接由引导词that或
in which引导的定语从句，引导词也可省略。
答案：B5.The beginning of the movie is impressive， is
the ending， which leaves us to think.
A.what B.which
C.as D.like
解析：考查定语从句关系词的用法。根据句意“这部电
影开头很感人，结尾也是这样，给我们留下许多思考”
可知，as 用来指代前句提到的情况(impressive)，充当定
语从句的关系词，而which往往指代前面整个句子。因
此，正确答案为C项。
答案：C6.The CCTV Spring Festival Gala is a big
stage， many new actors or actresses are
to become famous.
A.where B.when
C.that D.which
解析：考查定语从句。句意：中央台的春节联欢会
是一个大的舞台，在此很多新演员成名。由题意可
知，先行词在定语从句中作地点状语，故用where
引导。
答案：A7. I explained on the phone， your request
will be considered at the next meeting.
A.When B.After
C.As D.Since
解析：句意：正如我在电话中解释的，你的请求将在
下次会议上得到考虑。as引导非限制性定语从句， 常
出现在主句前面，意为“正如……的”。
答案：C 8.In a sports team each player has a clear role， and
there are a few occasions members are
confused or uncertain of their roles.
A.which B.that
C.when D.how
解析：考查定语从句关系词用法。句意：在一个体育队
中每个队员都有明确的角色分工，但是也有少数场合，
队员对自己的角色分工不明确。由句意可知，先行词为
a few occasions，在从句中充当时间状语，故选C项。
答案：C9.He is unlikely to find the place he lived forty
years ago.
A.in which B.on which
C.from which D.when
解析：分析句子成分可知，先行词在后面的定语从
句中作地点状语，应该选择关系副词或介词加关系
代词结构，in which 符合句意。句意：他不太可能找
到他40年前居住过的地方。
答案：A10.I've found some pictures of the most interesting
places you can visit during the winter holidays.
A.where B.which
C.what D.that
解析：先行词前面有形容词最高级修饰，故选择关系词
that，不用which。
答案：D请根据下列提示写一篇关于蛇的短文。
(1)蛇是一种生活在草丛或阴暗地方的爬行动物。
(2)蛇的颜色多样，天敌很难发现。
(3)蛇的食物很多，比如老鼠、麻雀、鸟蛋等等。
(4)蛇样子可怕但是用处很多。
要求：(1)根据内容适当增加细节；
(2)词数120～150。? ①The snake is a long and thin animal that lives in grass or other dark places.
②Snakes usually have green， yellow or black skins， making it difficult for their enemies to find them.
③Snakes can take many things as food， such as mice， sparrows， frogs， birds' eggs， pests and so on.
④Although snakes have no legs or feet， they can move very fast on their stomachs. ⑤Some kinds of snakes live in water， where they can swim as freely as fish. ⑥As snakes are dreadful-looking， people are afraid of them. ⑦Many people drive them away whenever they see snakes. ⑧However， snakes are not as dreadful as they look. ⑨They can help us to kill mice and pests. Also， they can provide us with delicious meat and their blood is a good drink. ? Poisonous snakes are especially useful， with which we can make valuable drugs.第一段：对蛇这种动物进行总体介绍。
第二、三、四段：分别对蛇的颜色、食物和爬行
特点进行了介绍。
第五段：对蛇的用途进行了介绍。①⑤?句用含有定语从句的复合句进行介绍，简洁得体；
②句用非谓语动词短语making the ... 作状语使句式变得
灵活多样。
③句中such as， and so on等短语的运用地道得当。
④⑥⑦句中分别运用连词although，as和whatever，使
句式复杂，提升文章档次。
⑧句中副词“however”及“also”的运用使句子之间的衔接更加自然。1.什么叫事物介绍类说明文
本模块的写作任务是动物描写。描写动物的书面表达
属于事物介绍类说明文，以“说明”为主要表达方
式 ，用来介绍动物的类属、生活习性、生存状态、外
貌特征等，可对描述的对象作总体概括介绍，给人以
直观的总体认识，然后 进行具体说明，目的在于给
人知识，了解此种动物。2.如何写事物介绍类说明文
事物介绍类说明文多用一般现在时。写文章时要注意
行文的条理清晰，不能东一句，西一笔，缺乏章法。
在动笔之前要安排好描述顺序，考虑好句与句之间的
链接，段与段之间的联系，并注意以下几点：
①要抓住事物特征
描写事物要紧紧围绕事物的特征进行介绍，如：属性、
外貌、状态、用途等，并且要突出事物的个性。普通
特征可以略写，个性特征要详细介绍以突出特色。②要生动形象
描写事物如果只是中规中矩地描绘它的形状特点，用
词过于简单化、专业化，那么事物永远是“死”物。要
想让事物“鲜活”起来，就应该使用一些描绘性的词
汇来突出被介绍事物的鲜明特点。如：pleasant， lovely， sweet， powerful， favourite， horrible， severe， funny， friendly， generous， brave， shy， firm faithful 等。[佳句必背]
1.The snake/tiger ... is a ... animal that lives in ...
2.Lions/Tigers ... have ... shoulders， strong legs and
powerful jaws.
3.In recent years,... has been developing rapidly.
4.As a result， there are ...5.It was really an impressive visit.
6.I'm sure people ... will work harder to ...
7.It is our eager hope that people who ... will ...
8.It is loved by ...
9.So we must do our best to ...
10.So that this kind of animal will ...请根据表格内容，写一篇100词左右的短文。 [参考范文]
The Komodo Dragon is the largest lizard in the world. It lives in the forest of Komodo， an Indonesian island. There are only less than 1,000 Komodo Dragons left in the world now. Now the Komodo Dragon is in danger of extinction.
There are a number of reasons for this. Firstly， because
of its fame， many tourists flock to the Komodo island to see Komodo Dragons， which has steadily changed the island's environment. Secondly， in order to build hotels for the
tourists， many trees are cut down and forests are
disappearing， so Komodo Dragons' habitat is gradually decrease. Thirdly， the dragon's main food—the wild deer
get disease brought in by the tourists and die. So the
Komodo Dragons cannot find enough food. All these things
mean that Komodo Dragons will die out some day.
